Home

Owner`s Manual - Nissan Rogue Forums

1. 2 35 Headlight control switch 00 eee 2 35 Daytime running light system 2 37 Instrument brightness control 05 2 37 TON signal SWIC kesis reseni Ceeeavenne sem eunn 2 38 Fog light switch if so equipped 5 2 38 HOM on soaarers ed sauce ease or cae ten bueawoseee sae 2 38 Heated seats if so equipped cee eee eee 2 39 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 40 All wheel drive AWD lock switch if so equipped 2 40 SPORT mode switch if so equipped 55 2 40 Hill descent switch if so equipped 5 2 41 Warning systems switch if so equipped 2 42 POW CULICLS sdcscadchecee ceceeheeeunas nese saaut 2 42 12Y OULGls a eager auhs ee oeeceunes cece h eet 2 42 NOMIC EES AE EEE eeu Retenneraseueees oe 2 44 Seatback pockets css weeuie das ee eeeseededsken 2 44 Sunglasses holder 0c cece eee eee eee 2 44 OUD Molders tsavccccuneesweneedsenes nena nee 2 45 Glove bOX a2 beeen cose naunan nanana 2 46 Console DON ge eccueng tau ouaeedeheceameue aes 2 47 Luggage NOOKS seve xi pen sdacceds thecee eee ess 2 47 Cargo area storage bin 00eeee eee 2 48 Roof rack if so equipped 0 cece eee ee 2 48 Divide n hide adjustable floor if S equipped o ccusendewhideduaebesceetu as 2 49 WG OWS ae cu ankeeece a a E E N 2 50 Power WINGOWS cadeec5dcc coe anann anen 2 50 Power panor
2. 5 8 Key POSON ce cccueeeteneseeeuaieesseeentes ae 5 9 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 9 Push Button Ignition Switch if so equipped 5 10 Operating anGGs sde6 ned eieeeeeted cea ntenn e 5 11 Push button ignition switch positions 5 11 Emergency engine shut off 0 e0 eee 5 12 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 12 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 13 Before starting the engine 2 0005 5 13 Starting the engine models without NISSAN Intelligent Key system 0000 cece eee e aes 5 13 Starting the engine models with NISSAN Intelligent Key system 0cccceee eee eeeees 5 14 Driving the vehicle 20idvescghenbeatewhexdaw eure 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Parking Diake sivrenaketooatantauantoetetetee aewirs 5 19 Blind Spot Warning BSW System Lane Departure Warning LDW System if so equipped 5 20 BSW system operation 2 0c ee ee eee 5 21 BSW driving situationS 0 000 eee eee 5 23 LDW system operation 022 005 5 25 BSW LDW temporary disabled status 5 26 BSW LDW automatic deactivation 5 26 BSW LDW malfunction lt 2a csecece det iwewsew ens 5 27 Camera unit maintenance s aeaaee 5 27 Cruise control if so equipped 0cee eee ee 5 27 Precautions on cruise control 5 27 Cruise con
3. 8 29 Wheels and TCS ccsdica ceca Gada dnaviankearaeewe 8 32 Tie Wiese coe ge EE ores a heen tees 8 32 Te labeng 24 b e ten dt we cteseeee or eeeneouaee 8 36 Wes Ol ee erreser eer iE nE 8 38 MWe Gli Nec see ece E E E EE E 8 40 Changing wheels and tires 002 05 8 41 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as pr
4. 5 19 Parking parking onhills 5 36 Phone Bluetooth hands free SySteM aoaaa a a 4 79 4 91 Power Front seat adjustment naaa aa 1 4 Power door lockS 3 6 Power outlet oaa aa a aa 2 42 Power rear windows 2 51 Power steering system 5 37 Power windows sasaaa aaa aa 2 50 Rear power windows 2 51 Precautions Maintenance precautions Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 29 1 33 Precautions on seat belt usage Precautions on supplemental restraint system Precautions when starting and driving Pre tensioner seat belt system Programmable features PUSH SIANMING 2444444 dee dura e os Radio Car phone or CB radio FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player ios ww aie we wo 4 46 4 50 4 54 Readiness for inspection maintenance CUM TEST ca erana waa lat we we Se Rear power windows RearView Monitor 005 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Rear window wiper and washer switches Recorders Event data Refrigerant recommendation Registering your vehicle in another country Remote keyless entry system Reporting safety defects US only ROO LACK se a 4 ai abe a Ok Oe ee 1 38 4 60 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 22 1 29 1 33 1 38 Reporting safety defects US only 9 29 Seat a
5. Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal push and press the shift lever button and move the shift lever from the P Park position to any of the desired shift positions AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage A CAUTION Use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the
6. 2 38 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SA e s ee 42 4 ou aw o foe ew ew ee 2 40 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 T Tachometer 000 ee eens 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 31 3 4 5 9 5 13 Three way catalyst aoao aaa 5 2 Tire Plantes gaa os amp ee ae oe Be ee eG 6 3 Spare tire ose ao kw ee wR Ge SH e es 6 5 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire chains 2 2 ee ee ee 8 40 Tepai 02 a aa e i e we a 9 12 Tire pressure auauua aaae 8 32 Tire rotation o oo a 8 41 Types of reS as 2204 4 8 eo a 8 38 Uniform tire quality grading 9 28 Wheels andtires 4 8 32 Wheel tire size 1 2 20 0000 9 9 10 6 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 26 Towing Flat OCG so cola ie ob oe a dy a 9 27 Towing load specification g 22 Tow truck towing aaaea aaa 6 13 Traller TOWING o eos 4 a ww 9 18 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 56 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission ONT aid e s eea amp oe a Sue ee 8 12 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Travel See registering your vehicle in another GOUN sa e a oaea a E 346s a a A a 9 10 Trip odometer aoao 202042 2 4 Tu
7. Do not install a ski rack antenna etc 1 Press and hold the button for about which are attached to the vehicle by 8 seconds The current zone number will means of a magnet They affect the op appear in the display Release the button eration of the compass 2 Find your current location on the zone map When cleaning the mirror use a paper Refer to the illustration towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass 3 Pressthe N button repeatedly to toggle cleaner directly on the mirror as it may through the zone numbers until the desired cause the liquid cleaner to enter the number appears in the display Once you mirror housing have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the for about 10 seconds The C icon in the compass display will illuminate 2 8 instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light BRAKE or Brake warning light Charge warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Power steering warning light Seat belt warning light and chime CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the
8. PON gt tO Ol a f Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2120 1918 0 6 Vent P 4 25 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 35 Meters gauges warning indicator lights and Vehicle Information Display P 2 3 P 2 17 illustrated table of contents 5 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 32 P 2 33 Ignition switch if so equipped P 5 8 Push button ignition switch if so equipped P 5 11 17 18 19 Vent P 4 25 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Radio P 4 37 Navigation system if so equipped Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 46 Heater and air conditioning controls P 4 26 Power outlet P 2 42 Shift lever P 5 16 Auxiliary jack P 1 41 USB port P 4 64 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 41 Cruise control main set switches P 5 27 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 37 Driver supplemental air bag Horn P 1 41 P 2 38 Control panel and Vehicle Information Display switches P 2 17 Hood release P 3 22 Fuel door release P 3 27 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 21 switch P 2 40 Sport mode switch P 2 40 Power liftgate switch if so equipped P 3 23 Power liftgate main switch if so equipped P 3 26 Warning systems switch if so equipped P 2 42 All Wheel Drive
9. Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus Idling 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oll See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual Starting and driving 5 35 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been p
10. keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed See Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 Instruments and controls 2 59 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 except Mexico The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing
11. section of this manual Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door Is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear liftgate opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when
12. 2 Use the button until Settings is se lected and press ENTER 3 Select Alarm using the v button and press ENTER Outside Temperature This setting allows the customer to enable disable the alert for low outside tempera ture in the vehicle information display 1 Use the button to select Outside Temperature 2 Press the ENTER button to turn ON OFF the outside temperature in the vehicle infor mation display Timer Alert This setting allows the driver to set an alert to notify a set time has been reached 1 Use the button to select Timer Alert 2 Press the ENTER button 3 To change the timer amount use the button and the ENTER button to save the selected time amount Unit The units that are shown in the vehicle informa tion display can be changed e Mileage Tire pressures Temperature Use the andthe ENTER buttons to select and change the units of the vehicle infor mation display The units of the navigation screen can be changed independently of the vehicle information display For vehicles equipped with Navigation see System in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual Mileage The unit for the mileage that displays in the ve hicle information display can be changed to e miles MPG km h km l km h I 100km Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the unit T
13. 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Steel 17x 7J Aluminum 17 x 7J 18x 7J Tire size Non Run Flat 225 65RF1 7 225 60R18 Run Flat 225 65R17 Spare tire Spare Wheel Steel T155 90D17 Spare Wheel Steel T145 90D16 Spare Wheel Aluminum T145 90D16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length without front license plate bracket Overall length with front license plate bracket Overall width Overall height without roof rack with roof rack Front and Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 182 8 4 643 183 3 4 655 72 1 830 66 8 1 696 67 5 1714 62 8 1 595 106 5 2 706 See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your
14. No Key Detected P Low Washer Fluid Shift to Park Key Battery Low lt l Key System Error See Owner s Manual DP Loose Fuel Cap 2 26 Instruments and controls 1e Tire Pressure Low Add Air 5 Flat Tire Visit dealer ge Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle AWD AWD Error See Owners Manual AWD AWD High Temp Stop vehicle AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual Battery Voltage Low charge Battery Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse Power will turn off 24 to save the battery Power turned off 99 to save the battery 500 Reminder Turn OFF Headlights N Time for a driver break F Low Outside Temperature Chassis Control System Error See Owners Manual CVT Error See Owner s Manual Malfunction See Owner s Manual VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Engine start operation No Key Detected Shift to Park Key battery low ao FF W WN Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys tem if l Key battery level is low 6 Key ID Incorrect 7 Release parking brake 8 Low Fuel 9 Low Washer Fluid 0 Door Liftgate Open 11 l Key System Error See Owner s Manual 12 Loose Fuel Cap 13 Tire Pressure Low Add Air 14 Flat Tire Visit Dealer 15 Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle 16 AWD Error See Owner s Manual 17 AWD High Temp Stop Vehicle 18 AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual 19 Batter
15. Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your n
16. The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated approximately every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display wil change to _ _ f the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display 5 Navigation if so equipped When the route guidance is set in the navigation system this item shows the navigation route in formation 6 Audio The audio mode shows the status of audio infor mation 7 Driving aids if so equipped The driving aids mode shows the operating con dition for the following systems Lane Departure Warning LDW Blind Spot Warning BSW Forward Collision Warning FCW See Lane Departure Warning LDW Blind Spot Warning BSW and Forward Collision Warn ing FCW in Starting and Driving for more information 8 Tire pressure The tire pressure mode shows the pressure of all four tires while the vehicle is driven The a
17. This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories ON has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position if the vehicle is not running after some time under the follow ing conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of the P Park posi tion ignition switch changes position A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch Starting and driving 5 11 AUTO ACCESSORY With the vehicle in the P Park position the Intelligent key with you and the ignition placed from ON to OFF the radio can still be used for a period of time or until the driver s door is opened After a period of time functions such as radio navigation and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System may be restarted by pressing the POWER button VOLUME control knob See Monitor climate audio phone and voice recog nition systems in this manual or the keyfob unlock button up to a total of 30 minutes EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emerg
18. Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 6 t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause It is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur
19. aa Select phone or Device BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access and adjust the settings for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL or TUNE FOLDER knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER button Bluetooth Select On or Off to turn the vehicle s Bluetooth system on or off Add Phone or Device To connect a phone to the system see Connecting procedure in this section Delete Phone or Device Select to delete a phone from the displayed list The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone Replace Phone Select to replace a phone from the displayed list When a selection is made the system will ask to confirm before proceeding The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phone s phonebook is the same as the old phone s phonebook Select Phone or Device Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list Phonebook Download Select to turn on or off the automatic down load of a connected phone s phonebook Show Incoming Calls Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in formation display Select Both to have in coming Call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Message Select to turn on or off the vehicle s text messaging f
20. in this section for more information No satellite radio reception is available when the SXM button is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SiriusXxM Satellite Ra dio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam 1 FM AM button 6 PPI Forward seek button 2 amp CD eject button 7 5 BACK button 3 CD insert slot 8 TUNE SCROLL knob ENTER AUDIO 4 M4 Backward seek button button 5 aPPsG button 9 Display screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation POWER button VOLUME control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and then push the POWER button VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off Speed Sensitive Vol AUX Volume Level AUX Level To turn the system off press the POWER button VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER button VOLUME control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble t
21. 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new 5 Remove the drain plug with a wrench by CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace i
22. 7 After starting the engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 6 12 Incase of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature
23. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories w
24. Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 7 Kops 192 Kops VER Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters eee 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian Spee ee 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Poor sound quality It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3
25. The MOD system operates in the following con ditions when the camera view is displayed When the shift lever is in the P or N position and the vehicle is stopped the MOD system detects the moving objects in the bird eye view The MOD system will not operate if the outside mirror is moving in or out or if either door is opened When the shift lever is in the D position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 mph 8 km h the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view or front wide view When the shift lever is in the R position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 mpg 8 km h the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view MOD sys tem will not operate if the liftgate is open 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The MOD system does not detect moving ob jects in the front side view The MOD system icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view AWARNING The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and does not prevent contact with the objects sur rounding the vehicle When maneuver ing always use the outside mirror and rear view mirror and turn and look to check the surroundings to make sure it is safe to maneuver The MOD system is not designed to detect surrounding stationary objects Check surroundings for salaty If the MOD system detects the moving objects surrounding the vehicle the yellow frame will be
26. The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is shifted into N Neutral or P Park or ona flat and level road 5 46 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the NISSAN Intelligent Key ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 S
27. These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 4 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident b
28. WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Bit rate may be too low If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if It is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the Songs do not play back in will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 USB Universal Serial Bus memory AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or o
29. When brake control of active ride control is op erated and the Chassis Control mode is se lected in the trip computer the active ride control graphics are shown in the vehicle information display See Trip Computer in Instruments and Controls for more information If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display it may indicate that the active ride control is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible When the active ride control is operating you may hear noise and sense slight deceleration This is normal and indicates that the active ride control is operating properly 5 44 Starting and driving HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped Chassis Control AWARNING e Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully and attentively when using the hill descent control sys tem and decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if neces sary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control ve hicle speed may result in a loss of con trol of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehic
30. and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and even violate governmental may regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications performance design or compo nent suppliers without notice and without obliga tion From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section o
31. ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When cha
32. ing call lt gt You can also use the 44 button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See Voice Commands and During a call in this section for more information PHONE END While the voice recognition sys tem Is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time Tuning switch While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 To connect a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE FOLDER or TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER button Bluetooth ON OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off Bluetooth must be turned on in order to connect device Turns Bluetooth functionality on Turns Bluetooth functionality off Add Phone or Device Upon pressing this button a message with a PIN appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN and complete the con ees hoe E E _ _ _ _ _OOT Replace Phone Replace
33. is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it returns to the previous menu 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the
34. section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight In case of emergency 6 9 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench 6 10 Incase of emergency Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire and loading
35. 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have t
36. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis play See Vehicle Information Display in the Instruments and controls secti
37. Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the 2nd or 3rd rows or in the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 1 40 WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper boost
38. Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Bo Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem is not operating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 sec onds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the ff indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dy namic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the ignition switch is placed in the
39. If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the i button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel PHONE SEND Press the 4 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incom
40. as aw ck A a we Dm we 6 10 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Staring e ara 4 0 di aM ht we aw ew a 6 12 Starting the engine 5 13 5 14 Steering Power steering system 5 37 Slop lighis s s saaa tae Eee ewe a we a 8 29 Storages s as ek Ge eee eee el a 2 44 Storage bin 6 64 ad ee ee we 2 48 Sunglasses case 00000 eee 2 44 Sunglasses holder 0084 2 44 Sunroof see Moonroof 9 52 SUM VISOS a tae oe See amp Ge we ee wa 3 30 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 56 2 13 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 48 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 56 Precautions on supplemental restraint systeM we Bia 8 ek eh ee ew ook Bee 1 41 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 41 Switch Autolight switch 2 46 d0 s amp ww amp 2 36 Automatic power window switch 2 52 Fog light switch 2 38 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 35 Headlight control switch 2 35 Hill descent control switch 2 41 Ignition switch og ee Bk we ee a eS 5 8 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWC oe ae bo hee oe ek eee 2 34 Rear window wiper and washer SWIGHES s a xcs 64 ee ome eae Ee 2 33 Turn signal switch
41. box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in t
42. displayed on the camera image and a chime sounds When the MOD system detects a moving object surrounding the vehicle the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the objects are detected and a chime will sound once While the MOD system continues to detect moving ob jects the yellow frame continues to be displayed In the bird s eye view the yellow from Q is displayed on each camera image front rear right left depending on where moving objects are detected The yellow frame 2 is displayed on each view in the front view rear view modes A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative Ifthe MOD system is turned off the MOD icon 3 is not displayed Turning the MOD system on or off The MOD system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display A blue MOD icon is displayed if the MOD is operative A gray MOD icon is displayed if the MOD is not operative 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Parking Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the MOD system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item To turn off the warning use the ENTER
43. flashes to alert the driver The Blind spot indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle s leave the detection zone LSD2105 Blind spot warning light Starting and driving 5 21 Detection zone The camera unit can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle when part of another vehicle is within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone typically starts from the out side mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi mately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m sideways 5 22 Starting and driving NOTE The Blind spot indicator light will illuminate for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The brightness of the Blind spot indicator lights is adjusted automatically depending on the bright ness of the ambient light A chime sounds if the camera unit has already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the Blind spot indicator light flashes and no chime sounds See BSW driving situations later in this section Turning on or off the BSW system The BSW system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display SYSTEM ON The BSW light on the instrument panel will light up SYSTEM OFF The BSW light on the instrument panel will go out 1 Press the button
44. hicle ahead When visibility is low such as rain fog snow etc When snow or road spray from trav eling vehicles is splashed When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle When abruptly accelerating or decelerating On a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves When there is a highly reflective ob ject near the vehicle ahead for ex ample being very close to another vehicle signboard etc When you are towing a trailer Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle conditions steering position or vehicle position or the preceding vehicle s conditions position in lane etc the system may not function properly The system may detect highly reflective ob jects such as guard rails traffic signs and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane and provide unnecessary warning The system may not function in offset conditions The system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is ex tremely close Starting and driving 5 31 The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sensor area of the front bumper is cov ered with ice a transparent or translu cent bag etc the system may not de tect them In these instances the system may not be able to warn the driver properly Be sure to check and clean the
45. if so equipped 005 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 05 USB interface models without Navigation System if so equipped cece eens USB interface models with Navigation System if so equipped cece eee es iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped cece eee ees iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped 6 cece eens Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System if so equipped Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System if so equipped n nana cece eee ees CD care and Cleaning v4 iccsiescnwtevereewrees ves Steering wheel switch for audio control E scene Hak een mace EE oot ee See ee ms NissanConnect App Smartphone Integration if so equipped 22vudesev wcoseenwade se eeedeetoeex Registering with NissanConnect App Connect Phone icsscs eds oeesucoetescecs een es Application Download e243 sssaaa eee dee veces Car phone or CB tadi0 cacne ow cgawiactiawe vibe od oe Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System if so equipped 05 4 79 Regulatory Information 0 c cee eens 4 81 Using the system 200 cee eee eee ee 4 81 ONC DUMONS an cawceneb nigris tenke na aE 4 83 Connecting procedure 60 c cee eee ees 4 83 Voice COMMANGS lt cacitcacccn tect un
46. inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing Starting and driving 5 5 3 When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire If the tire is over inflated more than ap proximately 4 psi 80 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pressure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators 5 6 Starting and driving The identification code of the tires pres su
47. section To deactivate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and 2 buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may af fect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION
48. see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Send Text Sends a text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For more information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address Points of Interest name POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the F 2 Say Audio 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands button Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired FM frequency SXM channel number Allows user
49. select Yes to complete the pairing process For more information see the Bluetooth de vice s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Touch the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle e H8 Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For information on how to use the touch screen see How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call eithe
50. signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation i
51. sources Download Phonebook Now Touch to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Touch to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Notifications for Touch Driver to have phone notifications shown in the vehicle information display Se lect Both to have phone notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Messaging Touch to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Touch Driver to have incoming text notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Select Both to have text notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Select Off to turn off all text notifications Auto Reply Touch to toggle the auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Touch to indicate preferred message to be sent when Auto Reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Touch to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Custom Text Messages Touch this option to select a custom mes slots available sage to edit There are 4 customer message BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Co
52. stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury Starting and driving 5 7 NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs too over the counter prescrip tion and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition 5 8 Starting and driving IGNITION SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lo
53. studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Run Flat Tires if so equipped Your vehicle is equipped with run flat tires You can continue driving to a safe location even if they are punctured Always use run flat tires of the specified size on all four wheels Mixing tire sizes or construction may reduce vehicle handling sta bility If necessary contact your NISSAN dealer for assistance Frequently check the tire pressure and adjust pressure of each tire properly The tire pressure can be also checked in the vehicle information display It can be difficult to tell if a run flat tire is under inflated or flat Check the tire pressures as de scribed in this section If the tire becomes under inflated while driving the low tire pressure warning light will illuminate If the tire becomes flat while driving the low tire pressure warning light and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning will appear Low tire pressure If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the low tire pressure warning light will illu minate Flat tire If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires the low tire pressure warning light will illu minate continuously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds A Tire Pressure Low Add Air warn ing also appears in the vehicle information dis play The chime will only s
54. tions they will be turned off automatically the BSW light white and or LDW light orange will illuminate and Malfunction Please see owners manual will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn off and restart the engine If the BSW light white and or the LDW light orange continues to illuminate have the BSW and or LDW system checked by a NISSAN dealer CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE The rear camera unit 1 for the LDW BSW sys tems is located above the rear licence plate To maintain the proper operation of the LDW BSW systems and help keep the system functioning be sure to observe the following Always keep the camera unit clean Do not attach licence plate accessories that reflect light Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped 1 CANCEL switch 2 ACCEL RES switch 3 COAST SET switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The CRUISE indica tor light in the vehicle information display then blinks to warn the driver If the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 27 The CRUISE indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCE
55. to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted num ber or character Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call The system will display Redialing lt name number gt The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the num ber being redialed will be displayed Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call The system will display Calling back lt name number gt The name of the phone book entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the number being called back will be displayed RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System the call information is displayed on either the vehicle information display or both the vehicle information display and the control panel display Press the f button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call DURING A CALL While a call is active press the amp 4 button to access additional options Speak one of the fol lowing commands Send Speak this command followed by the digits to enter digits during the phone call Mute On or Mute Off Speak the com mand to mute or unmute the system Transfer Call Speak this command to transfer the call to the handset To transfer the ca
56. turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device TUNE FOLDER knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE FOLDER knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models with Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equi
57. 005 8 9 Changing engine oil s i ccc lt teaseeedryanvew ease 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 0 0 00 8 11 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 12 Brake UIC rreri areenan ea EN EE enue 8 12 Windshield washer fluid 022022000 8 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 12 DANCY 2 58 eeccedtendecdeseaeceeeeecegaetenee aes 8 13 DSA eect eee even tected onees eee eee 8 15 Variable voltage control system 8 15 Drive Wells teed paren cmeredcuseheeeamaaceteeomses 8 16 So dao e creaeyws eoe semi enw seb wurde eevee sae ey a 8 16 Replacing spark PUGS lt ccieeverseuyeeveivecwasd 8 16 PW CICANCY oseectece hunters sc deecieeee cence eu et 8 17 Inm cabin IMIGIONNG cus 2 ancdutensenser Gade eaneens 8 18 Windshield wiper blades 22 22 05 8 18 Cleaning seres xaaa seni canes mae E hayes 8 18 Replacing s sadascrasdsdsi saitin is A 8 18 Sel A E E AA EE E O E 8 20 ie cie od pee eee sence pee E E 8 21 Engine compartment ds ves cee cesveseveences ease 8 22 Passenger compartment eeeeeeee 8 23 Battery replacement 0220 eee eee eee 8 25 NISSAN JACKKNIFE KEY if so equipped 8 25 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 8 26 LORN Coe eee ee ee eee ree Se ere 8 27 PICAGNON Ss sxeacvncetasesebees see ae beau eevenss 8 27 Fog lights if so equipped cece eee ee 8 28 Exterior and interior lights
58. 15 PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and beco
59. 9 9 Dimensions and weights 0 0eeee 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUY cwevisnn re cgactctuaeaueeueesemsass 9 10 Vehicle identification 0 00e cee eee eee 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number lt 5 cece ed sw cewdne ved dewtvewuen 9 10 Engine serial number 2 2 022 005 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate 5 9 13 Vehicle load capacity lt lt cscesiweneaoredesoeaanee Securing the load sors acy cde nananana Loading UDS cs resrssirerie tsere anker retinis e Measurement of weights 02 0 Towing a MANel ccicncceeeesaee cab eeeedsne iino sens Maximum load limits lt vie conde ees eae irsini eeri Towing load specification 00e eee eee TOWING Salei y casieria nert iaa a n aa E Flat towing for All Wheel drive vehicle if so equipped eee cece eens Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle if so equipped 2 cnscnsces sia weled Poeetawaniead Uniform tire quality grading 2 0005 Emission control system warranty Reporting safety defects 0 0 e eee ee ees Readiness for inspection mainten
60. AWD lock switch if so equipped P 2 40 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 41 Instrument brightness control P 2 37 Twin trip odometer reset switch P 2 4 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 0 8 Illustrated table of contents QR25DE engine Coolant reservoir P 8 12 Oil filler cap P 8 21 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 21 Battery P 8 9 Air cleaner P 8 9 Fuse fuseable link box P 8 21 Radiator cap P 8 17 Oil dip stick P 8 16 Drive belt location P 8 16 O Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 2 OMAN OS oY WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking High beam indicator 2 14 System ABS warn light blue 14 ing light Hill descent indica 2 tor light if so equipped Brake warning light l Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL All Wheel Drive AWD indicator light if so equipped All Wheel Drive Security indicator AWD AUTO indi light cator light if so Low tire pressure equipped warning light Front fog light indi a e ree SPORT mode indi equipped cator light if so Front passenger air equipped bag status light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Indicator Name l
61. DISP 16 gt _ 15 CD eject button 7 XM button 8 Display screen CD insert slot M4 SEEK button SCAN button gt gt I CAT button S BACK button 9 APPS button 10 TUNE SCROLL knob ENTER SETTING button 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 RDM button 13 RPT button 14 VOL volume knob button 15 DISP button 16 MEDIA button 17 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the sys tem is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power ENTER SETTING button pution Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the Settings screen on the display Turn the volume TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate
62. Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL5 viscosity SAE 80W 90 For hot climates Viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 32 F Differential gear oil 9 2 Technical and consumer information Transfer oil Brake fluid Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system oil Windshield washer fluid p Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL5 viscosity SAE 80W 90 Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid Available in mainland USA through your authorized NISSAN dealer or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations See your NISSAN dealer for service NISSAN A C System Oil Type ND OIL8 or equivalent For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations See your NISSAN dealer for service Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Technica
63. If you had to open the liftgate using this lever have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING The liftgate can be set to open to a specific height by performing the following 1 Open the liftgate using the request switch or the Intelligent Key 2 Pull the liftgate down to the desired position and hold the liftgate the liftgate will have some resistance when being manually ad justed 3 While holding the liftgate in position press and hold the liftgate switch C J_ located on the liftgate for approximately 5 seconds or until 3 beeps are heard The liftgate will open to the selected position setting To change the position of the liftgate repeat steps 1 3 for setting the position of the liftgate FUEL FILLER DOOR OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler lid release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler lid pull the release To lock close the fuel filler lid se curely FUEL FILLER CAP AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e
64. Infor mation Booklet 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury e For 2WD models if your vehicle was Originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing newtires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving condi tions and cause an accident and per sonal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased
65. NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 thre
66. NOTE The footwell lights and step lights illumi nate when the driver and passenger doors are open regardless of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery CONSOLE LIGHT if so equipped The console light will turn on whenever the park ing lights or headlights are illuminated The console light brightness can be adjusted with the illumination brightness control MAP LIGHTS QO edx hiera A Push the button to turn the map lights on To turn them off press the button again CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery instruments and controls 2 55 CARGO LIGHT The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three position switch To operate push the switch to the desired position ON The light is illuminated 2 DOOR The light illuminates when the lift gate is opened The light turns off when the liftgate is closed 3 OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of liftgate position or lock status 2 56 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRA
67. Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS mal function For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Instruments and controls 2 11 2 12 If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire f
68. R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive po sition to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circumstances Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool Starting and driving 5 17 5 Press the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release The vehicle may be moved to the desired loca tion Replace the removed shift lock release cove
69. Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully LTI2072 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed to Loading Information label The label is located as the underside of the hood as shown shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE 1 aS Flat blade Bumper Rear surface of the license plate bracket Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole Mounting holes Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket License plate bracket J nut screws x 2 License plate screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 h Park the vehicle on flat level ground 2 Locate the center position as illustrated Line up the license plate bracket under the top of the front bumper with the tabs Hold the license plate bracket in place 3 Mark the center of the hole with a felt tip pen 4 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10
70. SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button gt gt I several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If a MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder R
71. a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 9 24 Technical and consumer information 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpre dictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one
72. adjust Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE models without NISSAN Intelligent Key system 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is re moved from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Starting and driving 5 13 Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 sec
73. and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems lt lt gt pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK button M4 or PPI to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XMS 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly mute
74. and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference include interference that may cause undesired operation of the device TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you
75. and the side vent outlets 1 Press the CS button to change to fresh air intake mode The 7S indicator light will turn off for normal heating 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the SE button to change to fresh air intake mode The indicator light will turn off 2 Press the rs air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Press the defrost defog button GY 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position When the Y position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The gt indicator au
76. at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIG
77. bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument pan
78. be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bags and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle become
79. before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position This CVT is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC if equipped position Starting and driving 5 15 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving position 3 Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low position Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident 5 16 Starting and driving A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control
80. close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet Instruments and controls 2 43 STORAGE A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses SEATBACK POCKETS SUNGLASSES HOLDER There are two seatback pockets located on the To open the sunglasses holder 1 push and back of the driver and passenger seats The _ release k Po neta canbe Wace tein tape Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident 2 44 Instruments and controls Front console CUP HOLDERS LIC2619 LIC2620 Bench seat CAUTION Do not recline the rear seatback when you use the cup holders on the rear armrest Doing so may cause the beverages to spill over and if they are hot they may scald the passengers A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Instruments and controls 2 45 LIC2623 Bottle holder rear GLOVE BOX LIC2622 Bottle holder front 44 CAUTION Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the Do not use bottle holder for any other master key
81. contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the tire placard e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module conve
82. control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold down until the de sired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold up until the desired window position is reached Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window partially push the switch down lightly until the desired window position is reached To close the window partially pull the switch up until the desired window position is reached LIC2663 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Instruments and controls 2 51 of N LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be
83. control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and
84. displayed when a CD encoded with text is CD MP3 being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran Random dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin Browse playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 dq gt gt I SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the seek buttons M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being
85. forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRS2398 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this sect
86. front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor and the Air bag Control Unit ACU Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensor only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passen ger air
87. have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows liftgates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with One of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals o
88. headlight switch in the OFF position orin the PQ position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Push the button to decrease the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night Push the button to increase the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night Instruments and controls 2 37 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch The turn signal will flash three times automati Cally 2 38 Instruments and controls FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch
89. hicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position can be changed ECO Drive Report The following information can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle infor mation display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select ECO Drive Report to display the information when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Select Display then On or Off to display the information when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The ECO Drive Report is displayed when the ignition switch is in the OFF position Welcome Effects The welcome screen display can be turned ON OFF to display when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC if so equipped or ON posi tion To enable disable the welcome screen 1 Press the button 2 Use the buttons to select Settings and press ENTER 3 Select Welcome Effects using the buttons and press ENTER to turn this func tion ON or OFF Instruments and controls 2 19 Fuel Economy Range Driving Aids Average 21 5 mph 136 8 miles NA D gt o a ee 10 20 30 Average Speed Next Street 25 7 MPH p Distance 205 0 miles _ Time 12 50 Trip Computer From the Main Menu Selection select Trip 1 Current fuel consumption and average Computer to display in the vehicle information fuel consumption MPG I liter 100km or display w
90. in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Supplemental air bag warning light in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the chi
91. is performed once From the Vehicle Settings menu select Selective Unlock Use the ENTER button to activate this function Answer back horn When the answer back horn is on the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key Speed Dependent The speed dependent feature can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Speed Dependent Use the ENTER but ton to turn this feature ON or OFF Reverse Link The reverse link feature can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Reverse Link Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF Drip Wipe The drip wipe feature can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Drip Wipe Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF 1 scheduled service oil and oil filter 2 tires 3 other Maintenance The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals To change an item 1 Press the button 2 Use the button until Settings is se lected 3 Select Maintenance using the v but ton and press ENTER Oil and Filter This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for changing the engine oil and filter You can set or reset the distance for check ing or replacing these items For scheduled main tenance items and intervals see your NISSAN Service a
92. it yourself Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse
93. mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia 5 Insert the grommets into the holes in the bumper fascia 6 Insert a small flat bladed screwdriver into the grommet hole to turn the threaded part of the grommet 90 Technical and consumer information 9 13 Mark the center of the hole on both sides with a felt tip pen Remove the bracket from the bum per and then open 0 79 in 20 mm diameter holes on the bumper using the marks as a center 7 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 8 Install the license plate bracket with screws 9 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm 9 14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spar
94. oe ee 4 37 USB interface 4 64 4 66 Autolight switch 4 2 4 28 sate wae 2 36 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 52 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 32 Automatic door locks 3 6 AUX jack oo saca Ee Sek ot 4 64 B BANSIN am a aaa d a ee We A 8 13 Charge warning light aooaa 2 10 Before starting the engine 5 13 Belt See drive belt aooaa aaa 8 16 Block heater eh shia Sh oo oie a a es ae 5 47 Bluetooth audio 4 73 4 74 Bluetooth hands free phone SYSIEM oe ee de oe BEGG Go HOS 4 79 4 91 Boosterseats 22 050050 1 38 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 38 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Brake system 00005 5 37 Brake warning light 2 10 Brake wear indicators 2 16 8 20 Parking brake operation 5 19 Self adjusting brakes 8 20 BIOKeS 4 465 5016 o4 2 Hh Bee oH 8 20 Break in schedule 5 34 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 37 Bulb check instrument panel 2 9 Bulb replacement 8 29 C Capacities and recommended tUel lubricants s c 264 4 sew ee o s SS 9 2 Cargo light 4 4 2 se 2 2 ap ede iea 2 to 2 56 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 14 Car phone or CBradio 4 79 CD care and cleaning 4 75 CD player
95. on the Around View Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment This is not a malfunction There may be differences in sharpness be tween each camera view of the bird s eye view If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam era the Around View Monitor may not dis play objects clearly Clean the camera Do not use wax on the camera lens Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a mild detergent diluted with water VENTS LHA2925 LHA2926 Side Center Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the to open the vents or toward the to close them Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual if so equipped LHA1134 Rear 1 Fan speed control system OFF dial 5 Rear window defroster button air conditioning A C button 6 Front windshield defrost button 2 Air flow control buttons 3 Temperature control dial MAX A C button 4 Air recirculation button 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure t
96. or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Chec
97. port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located on the center console below the heater and air conditioner controls Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th genera
98. position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 2 4 5 6 Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load Apply the parking brake Shift the transmission into P Park Turn off the engine To drive away h 2 3 4 9 26 Technical and consumer information Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel th
99. reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance b
100. sensor area of the front bum per regularly Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard e A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front for example it abruptly cuts in may not be detected and the system may not warn the driver soon enough The system will be cancelled automati cally with a beep sound and a message will pop up under the following conditions When the sensor area of the front bumper is dirty When the system malfunctions 5 32 Starting and driving If the system cancels and a message appears with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor area of the front bumper is blocked If the sensor area of the front bumper is blocked remove the object blocking and restart the engine If the sensor is malfunctioning have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer LSD2015 Warning systems switch FCW SYSTEM OPERATION The FCW system is active at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h and above when the system turns on When FCW is turned on FCW Indicator white will turn on FCW system is activated using the settings menu on the information display See How to enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator 4 on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if th
101. switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe 44 button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking acommand within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice
102. the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Add Telephone or Device key This same screen can be accessed to re move replace or select a_ different Bluetooth device 4 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the MEDIA button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Use the Preset 3 button for play and the Preset 4 button for pause BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems apps INFORMATION 3 00 ea J SiriusXM sxm Fever Link E My Apps Settings Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the asm button 2 Touch
103. the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen 43 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device 4 Touch the Connect New Device key CD CARE AND CLEANING 5 The system acknowledges the command e Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and
104. the switch to the open 4 or close 2 position and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the switch to the tilt up position and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the tilt down position Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse fu
105. the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons 2 60 Instruments and controls IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments aE e co tun A pose ade EEE EE E EE 3 2 Remote keyless en
106. the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Unlocking doors h Carry the Intelligent Key NO Push the door handle request switch oO The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once iN Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute to unlock all doors For power liftgate opening 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Press the power liftgate request switch 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE Request switches for all doors and liftgate can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Ve hicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional information see Vehicle information display in the In struments and controls section of this manual If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original posi
107. the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forwar
108. the options This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen liga Pee ie Eee AR 2 sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 APPS button Press the APPS
109. the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
110. thing on or around this sensor SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the POWER button VOLUME control knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio
111. to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HORN To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped A WARNING e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi Do not use or allow occupants to use the lar maternal seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or If any malfunctions are found or the have an inability to feel pain in body parts heated seat does not operate turn the that contact the seat Use of the seat switch off and have the system checked heater by such people could result in seri by your NISSAN dealer ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended peri
112. to tune directly to a desired SXM station if so equipped CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For more information about the audio system see Audio system in this section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem e Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command See NissanConnect App Smart phone Integration in this section for more infor mation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 HELP VOICE COMMANDS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The following voice commands can be spokento The system should respond correctly to all voice have the system provide instructions and tips for commands without difficulty If problems are en using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting What Can Say
113. tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK M4 button or the TRACK PP button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis play
114. turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance 5 38 Starting and driving This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultim
115. until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Driving Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the BSW system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item Select Blind Spot and press the ENTER button To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Warning BSW The warning systems switch is used to temporar ily turn off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW systems that are activated using the settings menu in the vehicle information display See Warning systems switch in Instruments and controls AWARNING e The camera unit may not be able to detect when certain objects are present such as Pedestrians bicycles animals Some types of small vehicles such as motorcycles and very short length vehicles Oncoming vehicles A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind See BSW driving situa tions later in this section A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly See BSW driving situations later in this section A vehicle that merges or changes lanes rapidly directly next to your vehicle The camera unit may not be able to detect property when your vehicle trav els beside the middle section of a ve h
116. up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations XM SXM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous channel Press the ENTER button to show the XM SXM Menu iPod Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu USB Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTI
117. wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water AROUND VIEW MONITOR if so equipped With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format AWARNING The Around View Monitor is a conve nience feature It is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed The four corners of the vehicle in par ticular are blind spots where objects do not appear in the bird s eye front or rear views Always look out the win dows and check with your own eyes to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always operate the vehicle slowly The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers e Do not use the Around View Monitor with the outside mirror in the stored position and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View Monitor The distance between objects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance The cameras are installed
118. 00 3 26 Light Air bag warning light 1 56 2 13 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Bulb check instrument panel Bulb replacement Charge warning light Fog light switch Headlight and turn signal switch Headlight control switch Headlights ote a a hy oh Oe ee Interior light 2204 Light DUDS s s s s oaae n ee a Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning GIS 2 ey oe 2 as Ge he ew eg a Passenger air bag and status light Security indicator light Spotlights See map light Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Lights Map lights Lock Child safety rear doorlock DOCRIGGKS a ss es adta 424 e245 44 Fuel filler door lock opener lever Glove box lock lt 2 2 6 ao awa da Lift gate release Power door lockS oe ena ih ae Wh ar eo Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light Luggage hoOk lt a si a s Mua amp Sw a we Luggage rack see roof rack naonao Luggage See vehicle loading information Luggage storage see vehicle loading information 10 4 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle nonoa 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 19 Under the hood and vehicle 8
119. 05 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL i Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than
120. 230 kPa Recheck the pressure and add or 100H release air as needed Front and Rear 6 Install the valve stem cap Original Tire 7 Check the pressure of all other tires 225 60R18 100H Checking tire pressure including the spare Spare Tire 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the T155 90D17 60 PSI 420 kPa tire 101M Spare Tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely T145 90D16 60 PSI 420 kPa onto the valve stem Do not press too 106M hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself P215 65R15 95H 65 R t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge
121. 29 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself RON T p Headlight assembly Map light Personal light Fog light if so equipped Daytime running light Canada only if so equipped Cargo light Courtesy light Rear combination light License plate light Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation WDI0670 LDI2096 WDI0206 Personal lights Vanity mirror Cargo light Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pres sure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25
122. 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 15 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map lighis o coea csc ee ea e oe Bee eG 2 55 Meters and gauges naaa oaa aa 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 37 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 32 INSIDE Miror a s s a wa ew wd Be ee es 3 31 Outside mirror control 3 33 Outside mirrors 2 000 0G 3 33 Vanity NON ss as 4 o oo ew ee 3 31 WOONKOOTS 2 so amp dow Bm e amp Gee oe we a 2 52 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 3 2 N NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 3 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer sSysteM oe oe RD a 2 31 3 4 5 9 5 13 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 98 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer aoaaa Eo ee ae 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aooaa aaa 9 2 Changing engine oill 8 10 Changing engine oilfilter 8 11 Checking engine oilllevel 8 9 Engine Olli ae ee we BO ee ee we 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 One shotcall 4 82 4 82 4 93 Outside mirror control 04 3 33 Outside mirrors 2 2 ee 3 33 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 12 Owner s manual order form 9 32 Owner s manual service manual order information 6 6 46 3 oo oe Be HS ee Oe 9 32 Pp Parking Parking brake operation
123. 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the cur tain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not
124. 6 MEDIA button 17 FM AM button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sensi tive Volume When this feature Is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes SETTING button Press the SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER button to make a selection Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Pres
125. 7 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST AWARNING A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I
126. ACC if so equipped or OFF position or placed in the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle Make sure the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position and take the Intelli gent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display is located to the left of the soeedometer It displays such items as Vehicle settings Trip computer information Drive system warnings and settings if so equipped Cruise control system information NISSAN Intelligent Key operation information Chassis Control Indicators and warnings if so equipped Tire Pressure information HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can be changed using the buttons and ENTER located on the steering wheel l vy navigate through the items in ve hicle information ENTER ch
127. ANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear
128. ATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Push the 4 5 comes on air flow control button button The indicator light 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling push the MAX A C but ton When the MAX A C button is pushed the MAX A C indicator light will turn on It will also activate the mode The amount of air coming through the vents is the highest it can go when in MAX A C mode regardless of the position of the FAN dial The A C indicator light will turn on for this mode Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 amp gt button to the OFF position 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the 4 5 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 9 air flow control button 2 Turn the
129. CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD AWARNING RESTRAINTS Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor poi
130. CHION 2c bxevcsectanke devas ectea na 7 5 Ola aosi eiaa niae AAR S 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 BON OSION sus E cau pistenmededaaeeake 7 5 Chrome parts dy Seesa deren as face satan a as Teicha de tact epee a A SE eae eee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Tire Ole sSiING sso st cwecee tac ecteceasen ececreeee o4 7 3 CONOS eea ncees acsee Pe ruia a E ee a a 7 5 Cleaning interior s s s ssssaa annaa anna 7 4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing l
131. E E E E eho tae sincen se 5 46 Draining of coolant water 20 5 5 46 Tire equipment cs sec4ecnsc cee ceheie beewseseees 5 46 Special winter equipment 002 ee 5 47 Driving On Snow OF C 2 000 e eee eee 5 47 Engine block heater if so equipped EE E E N E 5 47 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load 5 2 Starting and driving EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and
132. ERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type ND OIL8 or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE QR25DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder Bore x Stroke in mm 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 Displacement cu in cm 151 82 2 488 Firing order 1 3 4 2 Idle speed CVT in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug FXE20HE 11C Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 No adjustment is necessary Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002
133. GS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDI2171 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner filter Unlatch the retaining clips Pull up at points and remove Pull up and remove air cleaner housing KR WON Remove the air cleaner filter Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth then replace air cleaner filter NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips AWARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be bu
134. HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers in this sec tion Instruments and controls 2 57 3 Press and hold the HomeLink button and observe the indica tor light programmed elf the indicator light is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released lf the indicator light C blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device 2 58 Instruments and controls Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual Press and release the learn or smart but ton Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the oress hold release sequence up to 3 times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your Hom
135. INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 WRS0802 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint
136. L switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 5 28 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information display will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the vehic
137. M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To re
138. NSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of se
139. OCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 1 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off ON Normal operating position
140. ON e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 NISSANCONNECT APP SMARTPHONE INTEGRATION if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartphone Inte gration technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and easily controlled through the vehicle s touch screen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT APP To use the Smartphone Integration feature it is necessary for the user to register In order to register visit the NissanConnect website www nissanusa com connect and sign up or create an account through the prompts on the NissanConnect App Once registered down load the NissanConnect App from your com patible phone s application download source and then log into the application If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For more information on connecting
141. ON DES PNEUS A FRON KXX XXXXX XXXX XXXkPa XXPSI Spare tire size 6 Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section SEE OWNERS MEME AYR ACDITIONAL INFORMATION VORA LE MANUEL DE LUSAGER POUR PLUS DE ET OOOO Xxxx XXXKPa XXPSI iii jamais depasser XXX kg ou XXXX Ib Tire and loading information label Q Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge Sie Cold Tre inflation stem and compare to the specifica ee tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Front and Rear 33 PS1 2001 Original Tire 33 PSI 230 kPa 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too 295 65R17 102H much air is added press the core of Front and Rear the valve stem briefly with the tip of Oriainal Tire the gauge stem to release pressure r 33 PSI
142. OOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section Opening windows The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the but ton on the Intelligent Key for longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key Releasing the rear liftgate The rear liftgate can be opened and closed by performing the following Press the button for longer than 0 5 seconds to open the rear liftgate Press the CJ button again for longer than 0 5 seconds to close the rear liftgate When the lt button is pressed during the open or close process the liftgate will reverse Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm an
143. PH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy
144. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO865 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 2 should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled 2nd row bench seat 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point LRS2406 INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP 2nd row bench seat AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by c
145. RNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident Starting and driving 5 19 LSD0158 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out 5 20 Starting and driving BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM if so equipped The Blind Spot Warning BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes The Lane Departure Warning LDW system helps alert the driver when the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane The BSW LDW systems use the rear view moni tor camera unit with automatic washer and blower AWARNING e The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and l
146. SAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or continuously variable transmission related compo nent harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself QR25DE engine Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Battery Air cleaner Fuse Fusible link box Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Drive belt location 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine cover removed for cl
147. See audio system 4 48 4 52 4 57 4 62 Check tire pressure 2 2 ee ee 2 28 Child restraints 1 20 1 21 1 22 1 24 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 29 1 33 1 38 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 26 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 26 Child safety rear door lock Chimes audible reminders Cleaning exterior and interior C M V S S certification label Cold weather driving 5 46 Compact disc CD player a aces eo rerna 4 48 4 52 4 57 4 62 Console box 4 bX 4a eA dao e ee oO 2 47 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid e soeone oo bo om 2 ws See 8 12 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 00 5 15 Control panel buttons 4 4 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Enter button 2 00000 4 4 Setting button 4c22 daeewn nea 4 4 7 Controls Heater and air conditioner controls 4 amp oF Se mH Awe eS 4 26 4 35 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 1 aaa 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection 6 eon we a 7 5 Cruise Control 4 at amp aa a 5 27 Cup holders sios caa owa oot wow ao 2 45 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 37 Defroster switch Rear wi
148. T EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and are available for the e Driver and front passenger seating position 2nd and 3rd row seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts ma
149. THOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if SO equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located on the center console below the heater and air conditioner controls Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehic
150. The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 9 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH if s
151. Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK M4 button or the TRACK PP button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If th
152. UMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehi
153. Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For further information see the Fuel Recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pear
154. VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor A is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DRIVE BELT LDI2130 QR25DE engine Crankshaft pulley Drive belt Automatic tensioner Water pump pulley Alternator Air conditioner AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly a eS 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLU
155. a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Read Text Reads an incoming text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System
156. about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Technical and consumer information 9 29 You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN lf Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN 9 30 Technical and consumer information You may contact Transport Canada s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 38
157. ace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse How to replace the extended storage switch To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts NISSAN JACKKNIFE KEY if so Q Hold jackknife key button side up Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner equipped TAPRE and twist it to separate the upper part from Replace the battery in the jackknife key as fol the lower part Use a cloth to protect the lows casing 2 Remove old battery Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Replace the battery with a now one NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva equipped lent Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol Do not touch the internal circuit and elec lows ae tormina Be BOING a 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli malfunction gent Key Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to Hold the battery by the edges Holding 9 the battery across the contact
158. ackward several tracks Press the TRACK button P while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the TRACK button PPI several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device
159. acle is detected by a pinch strip during power close the liftgate will reverse direc tion and return to the full open position NOTE If the pinch strip is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the liftgate Manual Mode If power operation is not available the liftgate may be operated manually Power operation may not be available if the power liftgate main switch is in the ON position if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if battery voltage is low If the power liftgate opener switch is pushed during power open or close the power operation will be canceled and the liftgate can be operated manually To open the liftgate manually press the liftgate opener switch A and lift the liftgate To close lower and push the liftgate down securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 POWER LIFTGATE MAIN SWITCH The power liftgate operation can be turned on or off by the power liftgate main switch on the instrument panel When the power liftgate main switch is pushed to the OFF position the power operation is not available by the power liftgate switch on the liftgate and liftgate opener switch Power operation is available when in the OFF position by the ins
160. activate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the of position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passen ger s side NOTE The automatic door unlock function can be changed using the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle information display The Selective Unlock choices are e ON e OFF CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the e
161. ad data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 31 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist yOu 9 32 T
162. ads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 23 A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 Ibs 2 268 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with
163. age device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation MEDIA button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the MEDIA button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack located in the center console the MEDIA button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well PP gt gt I SEEK CAT TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CAT TRACK button 4 rewind or SEEK CAT TRACK button PP fast forward for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed 44 gt SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip b
164. ailure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible Instruments and controls When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be in dicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Master warning light When the ignition is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the fol lowing are disp
165. aintenance and do it yourself BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoi
166. alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the trunk liftgate with the key pressing the button onthe Intelligent Key or press ing the request switch on the driver s or passen ger s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key Never leave these keys in the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must ac cept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op eration of the device Instruments and controls 2 31 LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC if so equipped position This func
167. amic sunroof if so equipped 2 52 VERON OM g526 32ers E 2 odes Seas eee eases E 2 54 Console light if so equipped 00ee ee 2 55 Map iON te etaccen temo ent eoeeen cease scenes Calg NIQUE vaca naa wea boe eae beara et ge euee earns HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink 2 0005 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openerS 00e0e Operating the HomeLink universal WANSCGWEls asees cicada tees eee eee hee ee Programming trouble diagnosis 4 Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink button If your vehicle IS stolen oevecsacceeeeeewen vn deren INSTRUMENT PANEL 2120 1918 2 2 Vent P 4 25 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 35 Meters gauges warning indicator lights and Vehicle Information Display P 2 3 P 2 17 Instruments and controls 5 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 32 P 2 33 Ignition switch if so equipped P 5 8 Push button ignition switch if so equipped P 5 11 17 18 19 Vent P 4 25 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Radio P 4 37 Navigation system if so equipped Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 46 Heater and air conditioning controls P 4 26 Power outlet P 2 42 Shift lever P 5 16 Aux
168. an normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pa
169. ance I M test Event Data Recorders EDR 000c eee eeaes Owner s Manual Service Manual order information RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity nn ne Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants A E titer Fuel 14 1 9 Gal 19 1 8 Gal 55L Unleaded gasoline mat ak octane rating of at cast 87 AKI RON 91 For further details see Fuel recommendation Drain and reti Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivelant With oil filter Engine oil with API Certification Mark 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 6 change q q Viscosity SAE OW 20 QRO5DE For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section Without oil As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 conventional petro 4 3 4 at 4 qt 4 3 F i filter change leum based oil may be used and meet all specifications and requirements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Gosling system 1 3 4 gal 1 1 2 gal a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Using transmission fluid other than
170. andom OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied A EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type B in this section 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 10 POWER button VOLUME control knob 11 AUX button 12 CD button 13 SXM button The aPPs button launches the Smart phone Integration Mode See Nissan Connect APP Smartphone Integration
171. ange or select an item in the vehicle information display select enter the Vehicle informa tion menu items or to change from one dis play screen to the next i e trip TPMS Fuel economy Instruments and controls 2 17 3 2 go back to the previous menu The ENTERand buttons also control audio and control panel functions For additional infor mation see Steering wheel switch for audio control in Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section STARTUP DISPLAY When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC if so equipped position the screens that display in the vehicle information include Active system status if so equipped Trip Computer Tire pressure information Fuel economy Warnings Outside air temperature Odometer Twin Trip Odometer Warnings will only display if there are any pres ent for more information on warnings and indica tors see Vehicle information display warnings and indicators in this section To control what items display in the vehicle infor mation display see Main menu selection in this section 2 18 Instruments and controls SETTINGS The setting mode allows you to change the infor mation displayed in the vehicle information dis play Driver Assistance e Clock if so equipped e Meter Settings Vehicle Settings Maintenance Alarm Unit Language Factory Reset Driver Assistance To change the status warni
172. anti glare mirror 3 32 Inside mirror 2 ee 3 31 Instrument brightness control 2 37 Instrument panel 2 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 37 Intelligent Key system Key operating range 3 12 Key operation 004 3 14 Mechanical key 0045 3 4 Remote keyless entry operation 3 17 Troubleshooting guide 3 20 Warning signals 3 20 terior ighi x s a a wt bw 6 ok a oe a 2 54 iPod Player ao 2 os ek eo 4 68 4 70 ISOFIX child restraints 1 24 J JUMP Slave s ana ee a Ge woe oe 2 oe Be 6 10 K Keyfob battery replacement 8 25 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 17 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 23 11 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serialnumber 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 56 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SysteM aoaaa ba eee eee eo ee 1 24 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Lift gate ok Grates a ke ee hk ee 3 23 Liftgaterelease 20
173. arity SOS SYS oO ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the dir
174. ark owned by When the radio wave condition is not ideal a A amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc or ambient sound is too loud it may be REGULATORY INFORMATION and licensed to difficult to hear the other person s voice dur FCC Regulatory information Visteon ing a call CAUTION To maintain compliance with USING THE SYSTEM Do not place the cellular phone in an area FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the surrounded by metal or far away from the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows in vehicle phone module to prevent tone modification or attachments could damage hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone quality degradation and wireless connection the transmitter and may violate FCC regula System SSRN tang If the vehicle is in motion some commands may While a cellular phone is connected through Operation is subject to the following two con not be available so full attention may be given to the Bluetooth wireless connection the ditions vehicle operation battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge 2 this device must accept any interference cellular phones including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device 1 This device may not cause interference and Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Initialization When the ignition
175. at has a lap shoulder belt 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat
176. atch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2nd row installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS2394 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 6 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it
177. ately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids a
178. ation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it Loose Fuel Cap warning inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the from the steering wheel Always use the vehicle information display when the fuel filler seat belts cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See Fuel filler cap in this sec tion 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 MANUAL OPERATION Tilt and telescopic operation Pull the lock lever down Adjust the steering wheel forward or back ward in direction to the desired position Adjust the steering wheel up or down in direction to the desired position Push the lock lever up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun vis
179. ator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected 5 24 Starting and driving Overtaking other vehicles The Blind Spot indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds The camera unit may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice LDW SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system operates above approximately 45 MPH 70 km h When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right of the traveling lane the LDW system will chime a sound and the LDW light on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The LDW system is not designed to operate under the following conditions LSD2102 Lane departure warning light When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds af ter the lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed is less than approxi mately 45 MPH 70 km h Turning on or off the LDW system The LDW system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display SYSTEM ON The LDW light on the instrument panel will light up SYSTEM OFF The LDW light on the instrument
180. ave poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Bo
181. brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information dis play goes out FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM if so equipped The Forward Collision Warning FCW system will warn the driver by a warning light and chime when your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane The FCW system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 10 MPH 15 km h and above The FCW system uses the distance sensor located behind the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead When the system judges that your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the travel lane FCW Indicator orange on the instrument panel blinks and a warning chime sounds The FCW system can be turned on off by using the settings menu on the information display See How to enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu later in this section Starting and driving 5 29 LIC2727 Vehicle ahead detection light APPROACH WARNING 5 30 Starting and driving Warning systems switch LSD2015 SSD0284A NOTE The warning chime may sound and the sys tem display may blink when the distance sensor detects vehicles in other lanes or objects on the side of the road This may cause the FCW system to operate inappro priately The distance sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads narrow roads h
182. braking ef ficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand constructional bias bias belted or radial and thread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differen tial gears AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle
183. button to check box for Moving Object If the MOD system is turned off the MOD icon is not displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Moving Object Detection MOD malfunction AWARNING Do not use the MOD system when tow ing a trailer The system may not func tion properly Excessive noise for example audio system volume or open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental con ditions and surrounding objects such as When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects When there is blinking source of light When strong light such as another vehicle s headlight or sunlight is present When there is dirt water drops or snow on the camera lens When the position of the moving ob jects in the display is not changed e The MOD system might detect some thing like flowing water droplets on the camera lens white smoke from the muffler moving shadows etc e The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed direc tion distance or shape of the moving objects If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed leaving it misaligned or bent the sens ing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly When the orange MOD icon is displayed in the v
184. button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode See NissanConnect APP Smartphone Integration in this section for more information about using this feature For more information on connecting your phone see the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation section FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL volume power control knob button is pressed on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii
185. ce cece e eee ees 6 13 Run flat tires For vehicles equipped with Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 14 3rd row only 2cn cutee geen oe sctupandedwettececus 6 3 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 16 Changing a flat tire ssas secdsresrirer eacdewknaes 6 4 EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 6 2 Incase of emergency HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It mon
186. chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle soeed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Technical and consumer information 9 19 Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load i X 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manu facturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load 9 20 Technical and consumer information 5 E s psa Gross vehicle weight Maximum Gr
187. ck for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury Never place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When moving the ignition switch to the LOCK position make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions
188. cle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Canada only Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an ele
189. cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0446 Type A Type A and Type B The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described To turn off the anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off To turn on the anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on LPD0470 Type B For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver if so equipped operation see the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the In struments and controls section of this manual For more information about the compass 2 and compass features if so equipped refer to Compass display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual OUTSIDE MIRRORS The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch Is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder t
190. come on when the hill descent switch is on the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Hill descent con trol switch later in this section and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the E light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the f
191. completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFTGATE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the liftgate A CAUTION Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the rear hatch Doing so will cause dam age to the vehicle OPERATING THE MANUAL LIFTGATE if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the liftgate simultane ously To open the liftgate press the request switch and pull up on the handle To close lower and push the liftgate down se curely LPD2185 Liftgate switch OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore clos
192. complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 LRS2137 LATCH system lower anchor locations bench seat LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in
193. ctrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 47 To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 5 48 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Emergency engine shut off 2 2006 6 2 Jump SING 4 4 cadeancteerdestew eer Er ANEAN 6 10 Hazard warning flasher switch 00e eee ee 6 2 PUSS N eee re A R AEE 6 12 Flat Niles cue cwc en denen a bee eee ead A 6 3 If your vehicle overheatS cceccecccccccucuaue 6 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Towing your vehicle 0 0cce ce
194. cts or other reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and cer tain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch amp Bluetooth SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit Wwww siriusxm com Siriusxin 2013 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is s
195. cure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury LRS2386 For vehicles not equipped with 3rd row seating Folding the 2nd row bench seat To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum cargo hauling 1 Make sure that the head restraints headrests are lowered For maxi mum cargo hauling remove the center head restraint headrest To remove the head restraints headrests push and hold the lock knob while moving the head restraint headrest in an upward direction Store the head restraints headrests properly so they are not loose in the vehicle LRS2404 For vehicles equipped with 3rd row seating 2 Stow the 2nd row seat belts in the seat belt hooks found on the sides of the vehicle For vehicles equipped with 3rd row seating pull the strap on the lower side of the outboard seats and lift up on the recline lever 2 located on the top of the outboard seats to fold the seatbacks flat For vehicles not equipped with 3rd row seating lift up on the recline lever 2 on the top of the outboard seats to fold the seatbacks flat To return the 2nd row bench seats to a seating position push up on the seatback until it latches in place Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Center armrest Pull the armrest down until it rests on the seat cushio
196. curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints in this section for details AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrat
197. cy section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to O Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters 0 Empty Instruments and controls 2 5 The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the C7 light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section 2 6 Instruments and controls COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates the heading direction of the vehicle With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described in the charts be low to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Push and hold the N button for about Feature Push button again for about 1 sec ond to change settings Compass display
198. d 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CAT button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed rr gt gt I SEEK CAT button Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the
199. d Specification chart 9 100 Ib 4 128 kg 7 250 Ib 3 289 kg 6 350 lb 2 880 kg GVWR GVW 900 Ib 409 kg Available for tongue weight 15 100 Ib 6 849 kg GCWR 6 350 lb 2 880 kg GVW 9 123 Ib 4 138 kg Capacity available for towing 900 Ib 409 kg Available tongue weight 8 750 Ib 3 969 kg Available capacity 10 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Technical and consumer information 9 21 TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION Hitch ball TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight U S and Canada rating for your trailer Maximum Towing Capacity nie eons The required hitch ball size is stamped on 2 most trailer couplers Mos
200. d facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21
201. d headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door has been pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle Using the interior light Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 ar ch Answer back horn feature WPD0362 If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When de activated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and when the UNLOCK ff buttonis pushed nei ther the hazard indicator nor the horn operates 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode See Answer back horn in the Instruments and controls section To deactivate Press and hold the and 2 buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm t
202. d side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails in all 3 rows All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They are designed to inflate on Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags al
203. d wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn To replace the windshield wiper blades follow the procedure below 1 When ignition switch is ON or within 60 seconds after placing the ignition switch from ON to OFF position 2 Quickly push the windshield wiper and washer lever to the mist position twice within 0 5 seconds This action will cause the wipers to take the service position auto matically 3 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab 4 5 Move the wiper blade down and remove 6 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove Finally push the windshield wiper and washer lever to the mist position 8 This action will cause the wipers to resume the set position A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin 8 20 Maintenance and do
204. d with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning also appears in the vehicle information display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning ap pears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see Vehicle informa tion display in the Instruments and controls section and Tire
205. d with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can Bluetooth 000 microphone location make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically reconnected with the in vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Pleas
206. damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NIS
207. djustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Second row bench seats 1 5 Seatback pockets aaoo 2 44 Seat belt Child safety noaa eee 1 20 Infants and small children 1 21 Injured Person 24 1 16 Largerchildren 244 1 21 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Pregnant women 1 16 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 55 Seat belt extenders 1 19 Seat belt maintenance 1 19 Seat bells a s vob a ed dk BS He A 1 13 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 Three point type with retractor 1 16 Seat belt warning light 2 13 Seats Adj siment lt aa saae aare diaa 1 2 Front seats se ead ee es a RE 1 2 Heated seats oaoa aa aa 2 39 Manual front seat adjustment a 1 2 Security indicator light 2 15 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 31 3 4 5 9 5 13 Self adjusting brakes aoaaa aaa 8 20 Service manual order form 9 32 Servicing air conditioner oaoa 4 37 Setting button a aaoo See ew amp eS 4 7 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 0 00000 ee eee 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 55 SRS warning label 1 56 Starting Before starting the engine 5 13 Jump starting
208. e engine idling Check that all the tire sizes are the same that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery This warning appears when the battery is low and needs to be charged Extended storage fuse This warning may appear if the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in switched on When this warning appears push in switch on the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the warning Refer to Fuses in Maintenance and do it yourself for more information Power will turn off to save the battery This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display after a period of time if the shift lever has not moved from the P Park position Power turned off to save the battery This warning appears after the ignition switch is automatically turned off to save the battery Reminder Turn OFF headlights This warning appears when the headlights are left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO position For additional information see Head light and turn signal switch in this section Timer Alert Time for a driver break This indicator appears when the set time is reached The time can be set up to 6 hours For setting the timer see Timer alert in this section Low Outside Temperature This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The t
209. e turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button On position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the CS button to the ON position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Off position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the A C _ button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets
210. e volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sensitive Volume When this feature is active the audio vol ume changes as the driving speed changes ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER button to make a selection Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximat
211. e FCW the Lane Departure Warning LDW and the Blind Spot Warning BSW systems are deactivated When the warning systems switch is pushed the LDW and BSW system will also turn on or off simultaneously See Lane Departure Warning LDW system and Blind Spot Warning BSW system in this section How to enable disable the FCW system Perform the following steps to enable or disable the FCW system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use A i the w button to select Driver Assis tance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Driver Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set FCW system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change item To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Forward To turn off the warning use the ENTER button to clear box for Forward The FCW light will illuminate on the Ve hicle Information Display when the sys tem Is on SENSOR MAINTENANCE The distance sensor for the FCW system is located behind the front bumper To keep the FCW system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area This could cau
212. e designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle o If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 2 Instruments and controls INSUUMCNE panel sncssueae sun deetedinee
213. e doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of opera tion 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking doors 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you Close all doors Push any door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you All doors and the rear liftgate will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds once NOTE Request switches for all doors and lift gate can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle in formation display For additional infor mation see Vehicle information dis play in the Instruments and controls
214. e guide lines and the vehicle width guide object in the display However the vehicle may hit lines are shown farther than the actual distance the object if it projects over the actual backing up For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the course place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems There may be a small distance visible between the vehicle and the object in the bird eye view on the display Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor The Around View Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever Press the CAMERA button to switch between the available views If the shift lever is in the R Reverse position the available views are Rear view bird s eye view split screen Rear view front side view split screen If the shift lever is in the P Park position the available views are Front view bird s eye view split screen Front view front
215. e may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Bird s eye view The bird s eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle po sition and the predicted course to a parking space The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle Note that the distance between objects viewed in the bird s eye view differs from the actual distance The areas that the cameras cannot cover 2 are indicated in black After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the non viewable area is highlighted in yellow for three seconds after the bird s eye view is displayed In addition the non viewable corners are displayed in red and blink for the first three seconds 3 to remind the driver to be cautious AWARNING e Objects in the bird s eye view will ap pear further than the actual distance because the bird s eye view is a pseudo view that is processed by combining the views from the cameras on the outside mirrors the front and the rear of the vehicle Tall objects such as a curb or vehicle may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views e Objects that are above the camera can not be displayed The view of the bird s eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters Aline on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being stra
216. e odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch on the in strument panel to change the display as follows Tip A Trip B_ Trip lA _ Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rom Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 4 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergen
217. e of Text to Speech Check lo 4 The system will provide a list of available cal regulations before using this commands in order to determine the recipi feature ent of the text message Choose from the i following e Use the text messaging feature after SASAR stopping your vehicle in a safe location A name If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to Incoming Calls vehicle operation Number Outgoing Calls 5 r If you are unable to devote full attention Missed Calis to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a If Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls or safe location and stop your vehicle Missed Calls is selected the following ad ditional commands will be displayed NOTE Send Text This feature is automatically disabled if the connected device does not support the Next Entry Message Access Profile MAP See the Previous Entry phone s Owner s Manual for details and instructions For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Five predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following e Driving can
218. e open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Ay A WPD0359 Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the if Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 5 sec onds to unlock all doors 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information see Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the D
219. e radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt I SEEK TRACK button Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK TRACK button PI while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK TRACK button P sev eral times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If t
220. e teens 4 16 Difference between predictive and actual GISTANC GS ued eee saan E E E E 4 19 How to switch the display wiceeeccce tecneseeee xe 4 21 How to adjust the Camera Settings 4 22 Moving Object Detection MOD if so equipped lt 402624c5ece0 sound dee eke ve dees 4 29 Operaling UPS e cacy inet in ren E 4 24 Y AE E E SAE A AEA 4 25 Heater and Air Conditioner manual Mir SO CHUIND EO sesser aeeebdeestancorecseseuecee Dolne c2caveveentoutekuveneuuceuesaoae cuss Heater operation nocedeniwad apesee ducegasnetede Air conditioner operation 00000e eae Air low CREMS 5 os csceecveseedeceaudeneancdoned Heater and Air Conditioner automatic f So CqUID ped lt oucdnncoecsseeenecdcanecsenenscee Automatic operation 00 cece eee Manual operation 2vevietces bessaeeneheasaiee at Operating NDS niatreaeekncesia ee ten nrn eee eueee Servicing air CONCILIONGET 0505s aneewsewe eran arana PUIG SYS CMe riarena tirari octane en En Eo cca ieee mere eee sastseementuaieenveemnane FM radio reception oc ssc dduxteveas sadsee ohecea AM radio reception 2200 cece eee eee Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 00ee eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped cece eee ees FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 0 0 c cece FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A
221. e tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed t
222. e vehicle using the key press the release button 4 to unfold the key from the fob When storing the key press the release button 4 and push key to fold the key back into fob slot 3 Never leave keys in vehicle 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key components and NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key and NISSAN Vehicle Immobi lizer System of your vehicle Since the registra tion process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intell
223. e visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones o
224. eLink but tons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3915 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Pro gramming HomeLink Step 2 with the follow ing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 See Programming HomeLink step 1 ear lier in this section 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto matically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two sec onds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO NOT r
225. eat belts with pretensioner system may not function properly For additional details see Supplemen tal restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Instruments and controls 2 13 INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display in this section All Wheel Drive AWD AUTO HE indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position the All Wheel Drive AWD AUTO indicator light illuminates and then turns off When selecting AWD AUTO mode while the engine is running the AWD AUTO indicator light illuminates simultaneously with the AWD indica tor light illuminating The AUTO mode indicator light is ON when the ignition switch is in the ON position A CAUTION Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the AUTO mode AWD i All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position the All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light illuminates and then turns off 2 14 Instruments and controls When se
226. eats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and sta tus light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or
227. eature Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 New Text Sound Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when a new text is received by a phone connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted Show Incoming Text Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle infor mation display Select Both to have incom ing text messages displayed in both the ve hicle information display and the center display screen Select None to have no display of incoming text messages Edit Custom Messages Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message To set a custom message send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is connected to the system Three custom messages can be set Custom messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary Auto Reply Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func tion When enabled the vehicle will auto matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving Auto Reply Message Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled Choose from I m Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the system Vehicle Signature On Off Select to choose whether o
228. ebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry List Names Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabetically Say Dial to dial the number of the current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next En try or Previous Entry to move through the list alphabetically Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry Transfer Entry This command can be used to transfer mul tiple contacts at a time To enable manual contact transfer capability set Phonebook Download to Off in the Setting menu The ability to transfer contacts via the OPP Bluetooth profile depends on your mobile phone See your phone s Owner s Manual for details and instructions Delete Entry Speak this command to delete an entry in the phonebook Choose an entry to delete by speaking the desired name or say List Names Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls Incoming Calls Speak this command to list the last five incoming calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the incoming call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a tex
229. ec tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level A If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 1
230. echnical and consumer information 10 Index A Active Head Restraint 1 6 Air bag See supplemental restraint SUSI 6 46 aoe eee oa ad gw eee 1 41 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system ae Ko ak eee 1 48 Air bag warning labels 1 56 Air bag warning light 1 56 2 13 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 29 Air conditioner service 4 37 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls a isha baw bs Gow aS 4 26 4 35 Servicing air conditioner 4 37 Air flow charts 6224 ewe cha Om eS 4 30 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 30 Anchor point locations 1 26 Antenna 0 28 2e 6006 oe 4 oS a oS a o 4 77 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 38 AOSS 42s a ee ede ee Oe ee eS 1 12 Around View Monitor 4 15 Audible reminders 4 2 16 PUCIO SVSTCM a Bato eed ea a Net Ow 4 37 Bluetooth audio 4 73 4 74 Compact disc CD player 4 48 4 52 4 57 4 62 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player 4 46 4 50 4 54 4 60 Audio System iPod Player os ee ae ee we 4 68 4 70 Audio system OGIO amp 4426 Bae 23s oe tee
231. ed The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt I SEEK TRACK button Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK TRACK button PI while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK TRACK button P sev eral times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as f
232. ed child re 1 Top tether strap and follow the instructions in this manual and straints Under no circumstances are those supplied with the child restraint they to be used to attach adult seat 2 Anchor point belts or other items or equipment to Tonteth h iatl ti the vehicle Doing so could damage the OP Tener ANCNOF POINT IOCAUONS child restraint anchorages The child re Anchor points are located in the following loca straint will not be properly installed us tions ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed 2nd row bench on the bottom of the seat in a collision back in the seating positions shown Roof above the rear cargo area or 3rd row bench seat if so equipped 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The top tether anchor located in the roof is only to be used for a child restraint located in the center position of the 2nd row A child restraint with a top tether strap should only be placed in the center position of the 2nd row if there are no 3rd row occupants Rearward adjustment of the 2nd row bench seat will result in loosening of the top tether strap for the center position of the 2nd row Avoid moving the 2nd row bench seat or retighten the top tether strap following rearward movement of the 2nd row bench seat If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for de tails REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
233. ed safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur fo
234. eds may damage the tires Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH 80 km h and do not drive more than approximately 93 miles 150 km with a punctured run flat tire The actual dis tance the vehicle can be driven on a flat tire depends on outside temperature vehicle load road conditions and other factors Drive safely at reduced speeds Avoid hard cornering or braking which may cause you to lose control of the vehicle If you detect any unusual sounds or vibrations while driving with a punc tured run flat tire pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible The tire may be seri ously damaged and need to be replaced 6 4 In case of emergency A CAUTION Never install tire chains on a punctured run flat tire as this could damage your vehicle e Avoid diving over any projection or pot hole as the clearance between the ve hicle and the ground is smaller than normal e Do not enter an automated car wash with a punctured run flat tire Have the punctured tire inspected by a NISSAN dealer or other authorized re pair shop Replace the tire as soon as possible if the tire is seriously damaged CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on alevel surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever t
235. edtier sens 2 2 Meters and Gauges 6s au se ieu dv eidiwnaniee teinaweaired c 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ceeeaees 2 4 TaCHOMPICls sauvenersenseaeeee ces eee eee 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge 2 ceeceeeonceee oer ee eee ENE a 2 5 Compass display if so equipped 0 eee 2 6 Compass display ssi sacnvounes nadleseetdenesads 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 Checking DUDS vrais cannes ee nearen hen Eerie 2 9 Warming NOUS sen 22 gene thet eoiteeecnepere sed 2 10 indicator IgM S seres cree oaetaanens sete Seee eae 2 14 Audible reminders 224 ves esceeecbigebeede se eew ex 2 16 Vehicle Information Display 0 000005 2 17 How to use the vehicle information display 2 17 SNUP CIS Olay aa aswace a wee een damn p eueitae eae ere 2 18 SCHINGS gt ta nmesnes cise cee rane een eawran 2 18 Vehicle information display warnings and WONG AOS due E EE E E nacre 2 27 Security SVSIEMS 4 sc2 220200 sew etn sadueeeacucceaen 2 30 Vehicle security system 022022000 2 30 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 31 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 SWITCH operation srera rkerte reprint rerai ex ee 2 33 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 33 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWIC Nic irerrerrurres dreid trudan seen oc 2 34 Headlight and turn signal switch
236. ehicle AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use of the Rear View Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the liftgate is securely close when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled on top of the liftgate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter co
237. el The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag and status light A WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light fe is located near the radio controls After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated de
238. elease until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position
239. electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode is highly recommended Exercise extreme cau tion at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe locat
240. elts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoul der The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident LRS2157 3rd row shown 2nd row similar Seat belt hook When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the rear seats hook the rear seat belts on the seat belt hooks SEAT BEL
241. ely 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode See NissanConnect APP Smartphone Integration in this section for more information about using this feature For more information on connecting your phone see the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation section FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception TUNE FOLDER knob Tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN
242. em perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Sampling frequency Sampling frequency i
243. em 1 13 LO ie Sit upright and weil back AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and al
244. emental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the outboard seating posi tions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In aside impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im pacted In a rollover curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts in this section for instruc tions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition sw
245. emperature can be changed to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit See Temperature earlier in this section Chassis control error This warning appears if the chassis control mod ule detects an error in the chassis control system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Chassis Controls in Starting and Driving for more information Instruments and controls 2 29 Cruise indicators This indicator shows the cruise control system status When cruise control is activated a green circle will illuminate to indicate it is set The vehicle information display will also display the speed the cruise control was set at If you accelerate past the set speed the speed will blink until you either cancel cruise control or go back to the set speed If cruise control is on and cancelled the speed will be displayed to show the speed the vehicle will return to if the resume button his activated Transmission position indicator This indicator shows the transmission shift posi tion CVT Error See Owner s Manual This warning illuminates when the there is a prob lem with the CVT system If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Malfunction See Owner s Manual This warning appears when the Blind Spot Warning Lane Departure Warning or Forward Collision Warning systems are not functioning properly 2 30 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle may have two type
246. ency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 5 12 Starting and driving NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Place the shift lever in the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ON 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position or the engine is started by the above procedure the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information display even when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a mal function To turn off the Intelligent Key bat tery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again lf the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears replace the battery as soo
247. ength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception SXM band select Pressing the SXM button will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the POWER VOLUME button control knob is pressed When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled thro
248. er All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and Icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing
249. er inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 dTAND LOADING INFORMATION INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL FRONT AVANT REAR ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg of XXXX Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section COLO TIRE PRESSURE SIZE DIMENSIONS PRESSI
250. er seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 42 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over suppl
251. eratures with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instrument and controls sec tion This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then push the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary PARKING BRAKE AWA
252. erence only when the vehicle is on a paved level surface The distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course lines and the bird s eye view may be dis played incorrectly When driving the vehicle up a hill ob jects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When driving the ve hicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the mirrors or actually look to prop erly judge distances to other objects 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Objects in the rear view will appear vi sually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predictive course lines and the actual course line The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course The displayed lines on the rear view will appear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle Use the displayed lines and the bird eye view as a reference The lines and the bird eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road condition and road grade SAA1840 Front view Front and rearview Guiding lines which indicate the vehic
253. ern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures
254. ers 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 1 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify th
255. ers or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat o
256. es with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 33 If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to oper ate the wiper Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 Low ON continuous low speed opera tion 2 34 Instruments and controls Push the switch forward 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age
257. escribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTEN
258. estraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the l
259. etooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section amp Bluetooth Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the voice recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the 4 button on the steering wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touchscreen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial ares INFORMATION 3 00 z _ SiriusX M sxm Fever Link E My Apps Settings CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the aPPs button on the control panel 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device
260. etween the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights
261. ety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child re straints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in
262. evator or ramp the ft indicator may flash or both the A and indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driv ing onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the f _ indicator may flash or both the ft and g indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road CHASSIS CONTROL The chassis control is an electric control module that includes the following functions Active Trace Control Active Engine Brake Active Ride Control ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL This system senses driving based on the driver s steering and acceleration braking patterns and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle response The Active Trace Control can be set to ON en abled or OFF disabled through the Vehicle Information Display Settings page See Ve hicle Information Display in Instruments and Controls for more information When the VDC OFF switch Is used to turn off the VDC system the Active Trace Control is also turned off Starting and driving 5 41 Chassis Control Cd dd dd When the active trace control is operated and the Chassis Control mode is selected in the trip computer the active trace control graphics are shown in the vehicle informatio
263. ew vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight The Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using Improper towing equipment could ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and per formance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the
264. f the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen o If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle C 53 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defe
265. f the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 Keep battery out of the reach of children Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself l mae WDI0224 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery Case 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE
266. f tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and care A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes poli
267. fan control dial to the desired posi tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 When the GY or Ji are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on the indicator light may or may not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The JE mode au tomatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perfor mance The air conditioner is always on in GY ae or mode regardless of whether the indicator light is on or off Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and moonroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner
268. fan speed control dial to set the fan speed to maximum As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode When the front defroster button is pressed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C The indicator light may or may not illuminate The air recirculate mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compart ment to further improve the defogging per formance When the air recirculate mode automatically turns off the air fresh mode will automatically turn on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Press the fan control buttons to manually control the fan speed Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Press the C amp P air recirculation button to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The C amp indicator light on the button will come on The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode or the front defrosting and foot out let mode Fresh air intake Press the S fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the button will come on Air flow control Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air o
269. firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL control knob will start the iPod iPod MENU button if so equipped Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE FOLDER control dial Press ENTER SETTING button to select a menu item Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following order Now playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle songs Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 For more information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the 44 SEEK CAT button or gt gt TRACK button is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the 44 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod
270. flash See Blind Spot Warning BSW system in the Starting and driving section POWER OUTLETS oe ooo oo ee oe Bote oo ooo obo ooo ooo ei a H A oo Sf 68 Of 60 600 EO _ _ OOO LIC2615 Instrument Panel 12V OUTLETS The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The front and center console power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC if so equipped or ON position LIC2616 Center Console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory LIC2617 Cargo Area Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to
271. following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions You will not be able to use a hands free lf the hands free phone system seems tobe IC Regulatory information phone under the following conditions malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area a enooung Help interference including interference that may Your vehicle is in an area where it is Some cellular phones or other devices may cause undesired operation of the device as in a tunnel in an underground parking come from the audio system speakers Stor renie d ae aaa hersiene garage near a tall building or in a moun ing the device in a different location may Ss sing Equioment Reaulations tainous area reduce or eliminate the noise ed ENM gu Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual BLUETOOTH is a from being dialed cat the peat eo cellular tradem
272. gate automatically moves from the fully open position to the secondary position When the liftgate reaches the secondary posi tion the cinching motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch position Power close takes approximately 7 10 seconds The power close feature can be activated by the switch on the keyfob the instrument panel and the liftgate opener switch The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power close se quence has been started If the liftgate opener switch is activated while the cinching motor is engaged the cinching motor will disengage and release the latch The keyfob button must be held for 0 5 sec ond before the liftgate closes The switch on the liftgate can only be used to close the liftgate if the power liftgate main switch is in the ON position Reverse The power liftgate will reverse direction immedi ately during power open or power close if the keyfob instrument panel or liftgate switch is pushed or if the liftgate opener switch is pushed A chime will sound to announce the reversal Auto Reverse If an obstacle is detected during power open or power close a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will reverse direction and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the liftgate motion will stop and the liftgate will enter manual mode A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the liftgate If an obst
273. gistration necessary to access applications See Nis sanConnect Mobile App Smart Phone Inte gration in this section for more informa tion Select Phone or Device Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem 1 Press the 4 button 2 The system will prompt you for a command Say Call 3 Select one of the available voice commands to continue a name Speak the name of a phone book entry to place a call to that entry The system will respond with the name it inter preted from your command and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct Say Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an other name from the phonebook Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers For 7 and 10 digit phone numbers speak the numbers When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number For phone numbers with more digits or spe cial characters say Special Number then speak the digits Up to 24 digits can be entered Available special characters are star pound plus and pause When finished say Dial
274. handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 MEMO 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation s s aaaa seeen 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil FECOMMENGALIONS c 24 25 senrsece ee dateneedewebes 9 7 SPSC EAO Stn senare E ERENER EENE E 9 8 S E E E E seen E E P 9 8 Wheels and tires ssns nnnuanaaaaanuennrrrannnn
275. hat the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and B buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See the Troubleshooting guide in this section and Vehicle information display in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected The Shift to Park warning appears on the Move the shift lever to the P Park position When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime The shift lever is not in the P Park position sounds continuously When shifting the shift lever to the P Park The Push ignition to OFF warning appears The igniti
276. he COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive t
277. he ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to LOCK After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance f
278. he last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied A EJECT button When the amp button is p
279. he number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Technical and consumer information 9 15 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Luggage Trailer Tongue Weight 300 Ib 27 kg 135 kg Occupants R FA 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30 lb x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg Luggage Pr 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Lk 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 70 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage RERRK CEECEE 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 b 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70 kg Example 9 16 Technical and consumer information Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lb
280. he under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse NOTE The fuse box is located on the driver s side of the instrument panel 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Remove the fuse box cover with a suitable tool Use a cloth to avoid damaging the trim 3 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 5 If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 6 Push the fuse box cover to install If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to repl
281. held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is closing Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation 2 52 Instruments and controls Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto reverse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact the dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing the window will be immediately low ered POWER PANORAMIC SUNROOF if so equipped The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The moonroof is operational for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC if so equipped or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push
282. hemselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX Air flows mainly from center and A C side vents with maximum cooling and 7 amp 2 turns on z Air flows mainly from center and side vents 74 Air flows mainly from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets and partly from defroster 7 Air flows mainly from defroster out lets and foot outlets Q7 Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperatur
283. hen the ignition is placed in the ON km l position The trip computer can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 2 20 Instruments and controls Current fuel consumption The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the button for longer than one second The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows __ 2 Average speed MPH or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting Is done by pushing the button for longer than one second The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows _ _ 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer mile or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the button for longer than one second The trip odometer is also reset at same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the button for longer than one second The elapsed time is also reset at same time 4 Distance to empty dte mile or km
284. hicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue king pin load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed onascale including passengers cargo and hitch 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 7 250 lb 3 289 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 15 100 Ib 6 849 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Loa
285. icle with long wheelbase e g trailer truck semi trailer tractor The camera detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the camera unit may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane When driving in a narrow lane the camera unit may detect vehicles driving two lanes away e The camera unit is designed to ignore most stationary objects however ob jects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected This is a normal operating condition e The camera unit may detect the re flected image of vehicles or roadside objects that are not actually in the de tection zone especially when the road is wet BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Another vehicle approaching from behind The Blind spot indicator light illuminates if a ve hicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator light may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Starting and driving 5 23 If the driver activates the turn signal then the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind Spot indic
286. iew the system is not functioning properly This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer Camera Maintenance If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the MOD system may not operate properly Clean the camera 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OPERATING TIPS A CAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor will automatically return to the pre vious screen three minutes after the CAM ERA button has been pressed with the shift lever in a position other than the R Reverse position When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed in some delay When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunction When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects
287. igent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the driver s door 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot See Doors in this section NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle
288. ight Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DONS ven tance riewaeteeas A E ko ckeseeebenweene 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment if so equipped a eeaceucteaneastamenesecusaned 1 2 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped 2 cece cece eee 1 4 2nd row bench seat adjustment 1 5 Head restraints Headrests 0000 ceca 1 6 Flexible seating eve d wre ence ceeded wadehdeneend 1 10 Ded Dele eeri aucadeuuewesdst ache sucneseoseeaeoes 1 13 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Pregnant WOMEN cs as56a00s ode newweteeawteuaes 1 16 Injured persons x20 ese seer extan weedns Seeeeex 1 16 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 16 Seat belt extenders 0 0 cece eee 1 19 Seat belt maintenance 000 c cece eee ees 1 19 Cid SAIGW A E ear aaneae enon 1 20 aien apaueeestiseaeutacesacesoueursue ban eear 1 21 DIM CMON eeecwccsen reissen et tepri sae ks 1 21 Larger children sess sicriciseseriro seisis srrenti 1 21 Child restraints 2 seececeteendunaaateaeencdvaa cars Precautions on child restraints 04 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 0 0 0 ccc ccc ees Rear facing child restraint installation using ESE ee ee ee eee eee ree ee eee er ee Rear facing child restraint installa
289. ight at the seam of the views The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Front side view Guiding lines Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor The front of vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle The side of vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirror The extensions 3 of both the front and side 2 lines are shown with a green dotted line A CAUTION The turn signal light may look like the side of vehicle line This is not a malfunction DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object When backing up the vehicle down a hill the The predicted course lines do not touch the distanc
290. igned to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE OW 20 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the fu
291. iliary jack P 1 41 USB port P 4 64 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 41 Cruise control main set switches P 5 27 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 37 Driver supplemental air bag Horn P 1 41 P 2 38 Control panel and Vehicle Information Display switches P 2 17 Hood release P 3 22 Fuel door release P 3 27 METERS AND GAUGES 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 40 Sport mode switch P 2 40 Power liftgate switch if so equipped P 3 23 Power liftgate main switch if so equipped P 3 26 Warning systems switch if so equipped P 2 42 All Wheel Drive AWD lock switch if so equipped P 2 40 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 41 21 Instrument brightness control P 2 37 Twin trip odometer reset switch P 2 4 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 1 Tachometer 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 Warning indicator lights 3 Vehicle Information Display Odometer Twin trip odometer 4 Speedometer 5 Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer 4 and the twin trip odometer 2 are displayed below the Vehicle Information Dis play when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Th
292. illuminated da gt P Seek buttons Press the seek button M4 or PP backward or forward one track to skip Press and hold the seek button M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Select
293. illy roads or when entering or exiting a curve In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage PRECAUTIONS ON FCW SYSTEM AWARNING The FCW system is intended to warn you before a collision occurs it cannot pre vent a collision It is the driver s respon sibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit the sys tem may not provide a warning in cer tain conditions The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane The system will not detect another ve hicle under the following conditions When the sensor area of the front bumper gets dirty and it is impos sible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When the sensor signal is temporar ily interrupted The system may not function properly under the following conditions A preceding vehicle is with a large amount of ground clearance or pro truding freight including a small ve hicle such as motorcycles When the sensor area of the front bumper gets dirty or it is impossible to detect the distance from the ve
294. in the seatback pocket Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat If the front seat does contact the rear seat the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash If a forward facing child restraint is in stalled in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instru ment panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the sys tem may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate See Child restraints in this section for information about installing and using child restraints Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as de scribed in this section please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant classification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and
295. inates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all 4 tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the vehicle infor mation display screen The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen corresponds with the actual order of the tire position For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible D
296. inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag p
297. information label affixed to the driver side center pillar JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery Vehicle being jump started always wear suitable eye protectors for RX A ad example goggles or industrial safety w spectacles and remove rings metal K SS bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any Vehicle with gt lt time Keep hands and other objects battery for a away fro
298. information regarding the proper use and care of the device 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly AniPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover fan iPod automatically selects large video While an audio device is connected through files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle the Bluetooth wireless connection the center display may momentarily black out battery power of the device may discharge but will soon recover quicker than usual Bluetooth streaming audio This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP Some Bluetooth audio device
299. ing the liftgate Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 LPD2212 Instrument panel switch NOTE To open close or reverse the power liftgate the shift lever must be in P Park Also the power liftgate will not operate if battery voltage is low 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Power Open The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully closed position to the fully open position in approximately 5 8 seconds The power open feature can be activated by the switch on the keyfob the instrument panel switch and the lift gate request switch The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power open se quence has been started At amp LPD2209 Liftgate opener switch The liftgate can be opened by the instrument panel switch liftgate request switch and the keyfob even if the vehicle is locked The liftgate will individually unlock and open Once the liftgate is closed the vehicle will remain in the unlock status The keyfob button must be held for 0 5 sec ond before the liftgate opens The liftgate must be unlocked to open it with the liftgate opener switch A A warning chime will sound if the shift lever is moved out of P Park during a power open operation Power Close The power lift
300. ing will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel if the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section later in this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing KOJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equippe
301. ion Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS2399 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment information 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint tes
302. ion and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 63 Bluetooth O00 microphone location make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatic ally to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device op eration You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the
303. ions 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING When sitting in the 2nd row do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10 Supplemental front impact air bag modules Air bag Control Unit ACU Occupant classification sensor weight sensor Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators Satellite sensors Seat belt with pretensioner Pressure sensors in door driver s side shown passenger side similar Crash zone sensor NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats A WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items e Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or
304. ions can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the SXM band 6 for SXM1 6 for SXM2 6 for SXMS8 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Touch and hold any of the de sired station memory keys 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other keys can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be
305. ipe th HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen HOW TO USE THE APPS BUTTON For more information about the SiriusXM Travel Link and Traffic features see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For more information about the My Apps key see NissanConnect App Smartphone Integra tion in this section For more information about the Voice Com mands key see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 To select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the desired item Audio See Audio system in this section for more information Navigation See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for more information Phone amp Bluetooth See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section System Touch this key to select and or adjust various functions of this system A screen with additional options will appear tb H Display Touch this key to adjust the appearance of the display Brightness Adjusts the brightness of the display Display Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while A
306. iquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is
307. ir recirculation button button button Air Fan R E TS Temp Air flow control button control control Heating amp Defrosting Defogging Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial A C Front defroster Rear defroster button butten Air Fan F recirculation control or may not turn on 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems E Air passed through heater Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air recirculation button Temp Air flow control control Cooling I Air not passed through heater core Fan speed control dial 4 C Air flow mode Temperature control dial MAX control buttons A C bulten Front defroster Rear defroster Air recirculation button button button Air i Fan r circutation Temp Air flow control button l control control Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped 9 AUTO automatic mode button 10 amp fan speed control buttons 11 lt amp gt Air recirculation button AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny day
308. ire Pressures The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to psi kPa bar Kgf cm Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the unit Temperature The temperature that displays in the vehicle infor mation display can be changed from F Fahrenheit C Celsius Use the ENTER button to toggle choices Language The language of the vehicle information display can be changed to e US English French Spanish Use the andthe ENTER buttons to select and change the language of the vehicle information display The language of the center display navigation can be changed indepen dently of the vehicle information display For ve hicles not equipped with Navigation see SET TING button and vehicles equipped with Navigation see System in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual Factory Reset The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default To reset the vehicle information display 1 Press the button 2 Use the buttons to select Settings and press the ENTER button 3 Select Factory Reset using the y but tons and press the ENTER button 4 Select YES to return all settings back to default by pressing the ENTER button Instruments and controls 2 25 Release Parking Brake Range 000 miles
309. irst especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the en gine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever into the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in your vehicle is electronically controlled to pro duce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal
310. is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2nd row seating LRS2403 LRS2308 3rd row seating if so equipped The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint o
311. it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Technical and consumer information 9 17 LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury 9 18 Technical and consumer information
312. itch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts 1 42 Safety S
313. itch or mechanical key 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati cally shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition switch is placed in the ACC if so equipped or ON position the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all the doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When placing the ignition switch in the ACC if so equipped or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates If the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the M button on the Intelligent Key The alarm is activated by opening the door or hood without using the key or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The
314. ith which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding col lision and rollover
315. itors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accide
316. iver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 Unfastening the seat belts 1 To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat b
317. k that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defr
318. ke booster even with light pedal force AWARNING The brake assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device it is the driv ers responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations Starting and driving 5 39 When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some ac
319. ked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 37 AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is
320. km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure For more information see TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section Incorrect tire pressure including un d
321. l and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emis
322. l seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
323. l sounds or vibrations while driving with a punc tured run flat tire pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible The tire may be seri ously damaged and need to be replaced 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Never install tire chains on a punctured run flat tire as this could damage your vehicle Avoid driving over any projection or pot hole as the clearance between the ve hicle and the ground is smaller than normal e Do not enter an automated car wash with a punctured run flat tire Have the punctured tire inspected by a NISSAN dealer or other authorized re pair shop Replace the tire as soon as possible if the tire is seriously damaged TIRE CHAINS CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be installed on 235 55R20 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on 235 55R20 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 235 65R18 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de
324. layed on the vehicle information display All Wheel Drive AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual All Wheel Drive AWD High Temp Stop vehicle All Wheel Drive AWD Error See Owner s Manual No key warning Low fuel warning Low windshield washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door liftgate open warning Loose fuel cap et Power steering warning light AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON position the power steering warning light illuminates After starting the engine the power steering warning light turns off This indicates that the electric power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Power steering system in the Starting and driving section Hi Seat belt warning light and Yr chime The light and chime remind you
325. ld restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 4 E gt WRSO0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRS2395 Rear facing step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2396 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it
326. le the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th Generation firmware version 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th Generation firmware version 2 0 4 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4
327. le information dis play goes out The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h To turn off the cruise control use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the
328. le speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury The hill descent control system helps maintain vehicle speed when driving under 15 MPH 25 km h on steeper downhill grades Hill de scent control is useful when engine braking alone cannot control vehicle speed Hill descent con trol applies the vehicle brakes to control vehicle speed allowing the driver to concentrate on steering while reducing the burden of brake and accelerator operation When additional braking is required on steep downhill roads activate the hill de scent control system by pushing the switch ON See Hill descent control switch in the Instruments and controls section Once the system is activated the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel See Hill descent control system on indica tor light in the Instruments and controls section If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled For the best results when descending steep downhill grades the hill descent control switch should be ON and the shift lever in L Low gear for engine braking HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM Chassis Control AWARNING Never rely solely o
329. le width and distance to objects with reference to the vehicle body line A are displayed on the moni tor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line approximately 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approximately 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approximately 7 ft 2 m Green line approximately 10 ft 3 m SAA1896 Rearview Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 mph 10 km h NOTE When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 de grees or less from the neutral position both the right and left predictive course lines are displayed When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn AWARNING The distance between objects viewed in the rear view may differ from the actual distance Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite from those viewed in the inside and outside mirrors On a snow covered or slippery road ther
330. lecting AWD LOCK mode while the engine is running the AWD LOCK indicator light illuminates The LOCK mode indicator light is ON when the ignition switch is in the ON position A CAUTION Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON See Fog light switch in this section Se Front passenger air bag status SFE light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light comes on briefly and then turns off The light comes on when the hill descent control system is activated If the hill descent control switch is on and the indicator light blinks the system is not engaged If the indicator light does not
331. lectric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 As many as 4 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop
332. led flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow your All wheel drive AWD vehicle with any wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expen sive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE if so equipped Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home Technical and consumer information 9 27 A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con tinuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter nal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission To to
333. life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and two passenger s side front floor mat brackets to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s and passenger s side floor mats have two grommet holes incorporated in them Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while cen tering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS A CAUTION Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre vent reduction of ability to move the seats Clean periodically with a high powered vacuum cleaner Dirt and debris may reduce the ability
334. ll back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System press the 4 button and confirm when prompted If supported by the phone the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality If a call is received while another call is already active a message will be displayed on the screen Press the 4 button to hold the active call and switch to the second call Press the button to reject the second call While the second call is active pressing the CS button will allow the same commands that available during any call as well as two addi tional commands Switch Call Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the origi nal call End Other Call Speak this command to stay with the second call and end the original call Press the f button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call ENDING A CALL To end an active call press the button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 TEXT MESSAGING The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and Sending a text message Press the button l features such as social networking and 2 Say Messaging texting EE ree 3 Say Send Text Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the us
335. ller door 2 lt s sewscnnottenaeatex needs ou aewass 3 27 Opener operation 00 cee eee eee eee es 3 27 Fuel fller CAD 2 ic22 2cv endo ceeateedaeseededee ee 3 27 Tilt telescopic steering 002ee eee eee 3 29 Manual OPCallon lt 4 lt eveseecenemeceveruesareeds 3 30 DUM ViSOls secotvcncsateaweuoe eeekswen T 3 30 Wahity WM Ole E E E E E 3 31 Card holder driver s side only 000005 3 31 MI OUS E E E E TE 3 31 Rearview mirror if so equipped n nannan 3 31 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 6 cece eee eee eee eees 3 32 Outside Mirrors 1 cc cece eee eens 3 33 KEYS 1 Jackknife type key 2 Integrated door lock keyfob with tran sponder chip 3 Key number plate REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY if so equipped A CAUTION Do not leave the ignition key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it Storing remote keyless entry To lock or unlock th
336. low Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section The Intelligent Key battery indicator appears on the display When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine The No Key Detected warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When pushing ihe ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN dealer the meter illuminates in yellow Key system Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 3 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hold the coated parts A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approxi mately 12 in 80 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is
337. ls with Navigation System in this section For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the heater and air conditioner controls Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible stor
338. lustration 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners ar
339. ly ing load cargo luggage to the roof of the vehicle Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S or C V M S S certification label lo cated on the driver s door pillar For more infor mation regarding GVWR and GAWR see Ve hicle loading information in the Technical and customer information section AWARNING Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the cross bars Heavy loading of the cross bars has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross bars load e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION Always install the cross bars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle s roof may cause ve hicle damage DIVIDE N HIDE ADJUSTABLE FLOOR if so equipped AWARNING Do not put objects heavier than 165 Ibs 75 kg on the Divide N Hide while in the mid position In the upper po
340. m 2 30 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINGCKS caas o bmw bode Ot et GA 2 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 56 Warming GMS sars g a os wb ee oot ek 2 9 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer BWHCHES oS a aame a Sea ew ee ee Ee 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels and tires 4 8 32 Wheel tire size 2 2 a 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY sa ce amp a4 Gee Sew Se wow a 9 10 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 51 Power rear windows 2 51 Power windows 2 2 50 Rear power windows 2 51 Windshield washer fluid 8 12 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWIChGS ceca meh Ree ee ee ow 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 Wiper blades 2 2 8 18 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not des
341. m it Cloth booster WCE0054 3 Remove the vent caps on the battery if so A WARNING equipped Cover the battery with an old Always follow the instructions below Fail cloth to reduce explosion hazard ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 4 Connect the jumper cables in the sequence illustrated 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc In case of emergency 6 11 A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again
342. manual Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC if so equipped position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational Instruments and controls 2 15 For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working this is normal The light will blink for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin The ff indicator light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec onds if the system is operational If the light does not come on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer SPORT mode indicator light if so equipped This light illuminates and then turns off when the ignition switch is placed into the ON position and when the overdrive off mode off is selected For additional information see Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual 2 16 Instruments and controls Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated
343. mes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2148 Front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the dr
344. met or if the system becomes disen gaged for any reason To turn off the hill descent control system push the switch to the OFF position For additional information see Hill descent con trol system on indicator light earlier in this sec tion and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 41 WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH if so equipped The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW systems that are activated using the settings menu on the vehicle information display When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator 4 on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings menu The LDW system will sound a warning chime and blink the LDW indicator light orange to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable 2 42 Instruments and controls lane markers See Lane Departure Warning LDW system in the Starting and driving sec tion The BSW system will turn on the BSW indicator light located next to the outside mirrors if the camera detects a vehicle in the detection zone If the turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chime sounds twice and the BSW indicator light will
345. ms Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 INSUUMCMI panel ess ccerserersn ditt kinni erae 0 6 Externo MON nc eae ren ieue ween ex 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 8 Paco fedlanequssteramncuunstansaneneanecqustue 0 4 Warning indicator liGhtsss csc squsensacestnecneeh ex 0 9 Passenger compartment 00 cece eee nnn 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 41 2 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 56 3 Seat belts P 1 13 4 Head restraints headrests P 1 6 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 41 6 2nd row center position top tether strap located on ceiling P 1 26 7 Folding 3rd row bench if so equipped P 1 12 8 2nd row outboard seat top tether strap anchor located on bottom of seatback P 1 37 9 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 24 10 Folding 2nd row bench P 1 5 11 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 41 12 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 55 13 Seats 1st row P 1 2 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT ON yo Fron
346. n Folding the 3rd row seats If so equipped To fold the 3rd row seats flat for maximum cargo capacity 1 Make sure the head restraints headrests are all the way down 2 Pull the strap 1 to release the seat 3 Once released push the seatback forward 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To return the 3rd row seats to a seating position 1 Use the pull straps to raise each seat back Pull back until the seatback latches into position Make sure to properly raise each seatback to an upright and se cured position A WARNING When the seat is returned to the normal seating position the head restraints headrests must be returned to the upright position to properly protect vehicle occupants SEAT BELTS F vy Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syst
347. n as possible See Battery Replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Check that all doors are closed Position seat and head restraints headrests
348. n indication of a malfunction AWARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the ft indicator may flashorboththe and indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both the ft and the indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the ft and g indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or both the A and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry el
349. n a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag Is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might
350. n display See Trip Computer in Instruments and Controls for more information If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display it may indicate that the active trace control is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 5 42 Starting and driving Chassis Control Chassis Control AWARNING The active trace control may not be effec tive depending on the driving condition Always drive carefully and attentively When the active trace control is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise This is normal and indicates that the active trace control is operating properly Even if the active trace control is set to OFF some functions will remain on to assist the driver for example avoidance scenes ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE The Active Engine Brake function adds subtle deceleration by controlling CVT gear ratio de pending on the cornering condition calculated from driver s steering input and plural sensors This benefit to easier traceability and less work load of adjusting speed with braking at corners The Active Engine Brake also enhances braking feel by adding subtle deceleration with CVT gear ratio control according to driver s brake pedal operation The Active Engine Brake can be set to ON en abled or OFF disabled through the Vehicle Information Display Settings page See Ve hicle I
351. n switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF DU or position Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side 1 of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position your vehicle s battery could be come discharged Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system The battery saver automatically turns off the igni tion after a period of time when the ignition switch is left in the ACC if so equipped or ON position DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine Is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights oper ate with the
352. n the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the ve hicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backward in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The shift lever is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake Starting and driving 5 45
353. nction malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof A WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Panoramic sunshade The panoramic sunshade operates when the ig nition switch is in the ON position When opening or closing the sunshade the switch need not be held To open the sunshade To fully open the sunshade push the switch Q toward the open position To close the sunshade To fully close the sunshade push the switch 2 toward the close position AWARNING e To avoid personal injury keep your hands fingers and head away from the sunshade arm the arm rail and sun shade inlet port Do not allow children near the rear sun shade system They could be injured Instruments and controls 2 53 2 54 Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it Do not pull or push
354. nd Maintenance Guide Tire This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires Instruments and controls 2 23 AWARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks includ ing tire pressure checks See Changing Wheels and Tires in Maintenance amp Do It Yourself section Many factors includ ing tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replace ment indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to per form regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death Other This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can in clude such things as air filter or tire rotation The distance for checking or replacing the items can be set or reset 2 24 Instruments and controls Alarm This setting allows the customer to set alarms for outside temperature and a timer alert 1 Press the button
355. nd a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal ex ceeds a certain level the brake assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conven tional bra
356. ndensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line T approx 0 5 m 1 5 ft Speed Sens Vol 2 4 Yellow line 2 approx 1 m 3 ft e AUX Vol 3 Green me 3 approx 2 m 7 ft Batis Green line approx 3 m 10 ft Cong A j Vehicle width guide lines 5 Clock Adjust 07 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED ADJUSTING THE SCREEN LINES The procedure for adjusting the quality of the Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width screen differs depending on the type of screen and distances to objects with reference to the present on the vehicle vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor F rvehicles witout Navigation Syster 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button 2 Turn the TUNE SCROLL or TUNE FOLDER knob to highlight the Brightness or Con trast key 3 Press the ENTER SETTING button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 4 Adjust the level using the TUNE SCROLL or TUNE FOLDER k
357. nder inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually
358. ndow and outside mirror defroster SWICK sh 24e Kaede eee he 2 34 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 37 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 10 2 DOOF OOK S e 2 24 a 3 4 se Se eb ane oe ee 3 5 Drive Delis cao es eGaed cease Gad aes 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving 5 46 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 00 5 15 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy tuel 4 4 tss aa ao Bo oo Pew 5 35 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 29 Engine Before starting the engine 5 13 Block heater 04 5 47 Capacities and recommended UGWIODCAMS sa win be aw a ow ee a 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine ollfilter 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 7 ENOING e y a aaa a Gh Soe ae 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 6 ee es 9 6 Engine serialnumber 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 13 5 14 Enter DUNO v4 28 0 08 6 4 6 amp aa ep Bee 4 4 Event data recorders 9 31 Exhaust gas Carbon m
359. ndustry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb if so equipped The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the ou
360. nformation Display in Instruments and Controls for more information Chassis Control When the active engine brake is operated at corners and the Chassis Control mode is se lected in the trip computer the active engine brake graphics are shown in the vehicle informa tion display See Trip Computer in Instruments and Controls for more information If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display it may indicate that the active engine brake is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Chassis Control Chassis Control AWARNING The active engine brake may not be effec tive depending on the driving condition Always drive carefully and attentively When the active engine brake is operating the needle of the tachometer will rise up and you may hear an engine noise This is normal and indicates that the active engine brake is operating properly ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL This system senses upper body motion based on wheel speed information and controls engine torque and four wheel brake pressure to enhance ride comfort in effort to restrain uncomfortable upper body movement when passing over undu lated road surfaces This system come into effect above 25 mph 40 km h When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system the Active Ride Control is also turned off Starting and driving 5 43 Chassis Control
361. nging or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the low tire pres sure warning system For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All Wheel Drive AWD models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand constructional bias bias belted or radial and thread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differen tial gears ONLY use spare tires specifies for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN deal
362. ngs or turn on or off any of the systems warnings displayed in the Driver Assistance menu Use the button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Driving Aids if so equipped Forward FCW On Off Lane LDW On Off Blind Spot BSW On Off Parking Aids if so equipped Moving Object On Off Chassis Control Trace Control See Active Trace Con trol in Starting and Operating for more information Engine Brake See Active Engine Brake in Starting and Operating for more information Clock if so equipped To set the clock see Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition in this manual or the separate Navigation Owner s Manual Meter Settings The meter settings allows the customer to choose from the various meter selections The meter settings can be changed using the EI andthe ENTER buttons Main Menu Selection The items that display can be enabled disabled when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position To change the items that display Use the button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Trip Computer See Trip Computer in this section Range Average Speed Fuel Economy Navigation if so equipped Audio Satellite Radio if so equipped Driving Aids if so equipped Tire Pressures Warning Confirmation Body Color The color of the vehicle that displays in the ve
363. nitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section Flat Tire Visit dealer This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and one or more flat tires are detected while driving A chime also sounds for approximately 10 seconds Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if low oil pressure is detected This gauge is not designed to indicate low oil level The low oil pressure warning is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section All Wheel Drive AWD Error See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning appears when the all wheel drive system is not functioning properly while the en gine is running All Wheel Drive AWD High Temp Stop Vehicle if so equipped This warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature The driving mode may change to Two Wheel Drive 2WD If this warning is displayed stop the vehicle with the engine idling as soon as it is safe to do so Then if the warning turns off you can continue driving All Wheel Drive AWD Tire Size Incorrect See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning may appear if there is a large differ ence between the diameters of the front and rear wheels Pull off the road in a safe area with th
364. njured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on u
365. nnected Device Delete Connected Device Bluetooth Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device LHA2878 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings 1 Press the asm button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key See Phone settings in this section for more information Touch to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Touch to replace a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Touch to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Touch to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Touch to toggle Bluetooth on and off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the 4 button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice
366. nob and then press the ENTER SETTING button to apply the ad justment Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object When backing up the vehicle down a hill the The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide the display However the vehicle may hit the lines are shown farther than the actual distance object if it projects over the actual backing up For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the course place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the p
367. not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Raise Lower Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi the head restraint headrest down e Head restraints headrests should be tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi adjusted properly as they may provide before riding in that designated seating position tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch significant protection against injury in before riding in that designated seating position an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly se
368. nt and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors RUN FLAT TIRES For vehicles equipped with 3rd row only Run flat tires are those tires that can be used temporarily if they are punctured See Run flat tires in Maintenance and do it yourself Also see the tire safety information in the War ranty Information Booklet In case of emergency 6 3 AWARNING Although you can continue driving with a punctured run flat tire remember that vehicle handling stability is reduced which could lead to an accident and personal injury Also driving a long dis tance at high spe
369. nterval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty
370. nts are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it
371. o phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the amp 4 button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings s A WO N Press the ars m button Touch the Settings key Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Touch the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Touch First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Touch Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both
372. o P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the shift lever is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools If so equipped Open the rear hatch Remove the Divide n Hide floor Refer to Divide n Hide adjustable floor in the Instruments and Controls section of this manual Lift the floorboard 1 The jack and tool kit are located in the stor age compartment to the left 2 Remove the storage door by pressing the two release tabs A simultaneously In case of emergency 6 5 6 6 In case of emergency 3 Unhook the clip restraining the jack and 6 To loosen the bolt turn counterclockwise tool kit 7 Once loosened remove
373. o equipped AWARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu tive times in quick succession or the igni tion switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury 5 10 Starting and driving When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal the ignition switch will illuminate Push the ignition switch center once to change to ON two times to change to OFF The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the switch in the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to ward the OFF position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the L
374. o not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Front seat mounte
375. o properly judge distances to other objects Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold tt Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 MEMO 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 08 4 4 How to use the touch screen 00e0ee 4 5 How to use the BACK button 0 eee ee 4 7 How to use the APPS button 000 eee 4 7 MD BUtHONs lt ksc scicdsadeeecsesveasaeeecnaens 4 9 How to use the POWER button VOLUME COnN KOD acecauras eres cesar unico a eet es 4 9 How to use the CAMERA button 5 4 9 RearView Monitor if so equipped 005 4 10 How to read the displayed lines 4 11 Adjusting the SCreen eee eects 4 11 Difference between predicted and actual SSL e ncdentisrawik ee eiwawee nee ss aneius 4 12 Around View Monitor if so equipped 4 15 Available VIiOWS 00 0 c cece ee
376. o the desired level Audio settings 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Audio key Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the AUDIO control knob and turning it to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the SXM key The signal str
377. ode Playlists Composers Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod Is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Artists e Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Shuffle and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Shuffle Touch the Shuffle key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the Shuffle mode is active the text is illuminated Touching the Shuffle key once more will display the Shuffle songs key To cancel Shuffle mode touch the Shuffle key again until the text is no longer illuminated Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the text is illuminated Touching the Re peat key once more will display the Repeat song key To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key again until the text is no longer
378. ods or when no one is using the The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine seat 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as Do not put anything on the seat which desired The indicator light in the switch will insulates heat such as a blanket cush illuminate ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater 3 When the seat is warmed or before you e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch should be removed immediately with a off dry cloth Instruments and controls 2 39 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD LOCK SWITCH if so equipped SPORT MODE SWITCH if so equipped The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicato
379. of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 0 0 cee eee eee aes 8 2 General maintenance 00 ce eee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 0 cece eee es 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 220eee eee eee ee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 2 002 e0ee 8 8 ENGNG Gileset ones dew susetasceeeaneseeagetes neue 8 9 Checking engine oil level 2 000
380. off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine coolant temperature becomes too high 7 amp 2 will be activated and the indicator light will come on automatically When IGN is OFF button characters will not illuminate 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation in dicator should always be in the OFF posi tion for heating and defrosting Defrosting Defogging E Air passed through heater Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial A C button Front defroster Rear Air button defroster recirculation button button Air Z Fan recirculation Air flow control control control Bi level Heating ae Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial A C Front defroster Rear defroster button butten Fan recirculation control E Air passed through heater core Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air recirculation button Temp Air flow control control Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Heating Air passed through heater Air flow mode Temperature control dial MAX contral buttons AFC button Fan speed control dial A C Front defroster Rear defroster A
381. oklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information
382. ol vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury CAUTION When the hill descent control system op erates continuously for a long time the temperature of the brake pads may in crease and the hill descent control system may be temporarily disabled the indicator light will blink If the indicator light does not come on continuously after blinking stop using the system The hill descent control system is designed to reduce driver workload when going down steep hills The hill descent control system helps to control vehicle speed so the driver can concen trate on steering the vehicle To activate the hill descent control system the transmission shift lever must be in for ward or reverse gear the hill descent control system switch must be ON The hill descent control indicator light will come on when the system is activated Also the stop tail lights illuminate while the hill descent control system applies the brakes to control ve hicle speed If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled The hill descent control indicator light blinks if the switch is on and all conditions for system activa tion are not
383. ollows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied A EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 FMAM mi 17 2 Mid SEEK CAT HH t Apps SBACK l 8 9 MEDIA
384. ome involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park positi
385. ometer s 2 4 fa ee He de amp a wee ws 2 4 Trip odometer ecw hw ae amp He ee we we 2 4 General maintenance 8 2 Glove Dox s a wa bok ee a ew a 2 46 Glove DOK lock sa a a ak xe ane ww be So 2 46 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth a ab 2 o o Gd Gow amp we amp eS 4 79 4 91 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 35 Headlight control switch 2 35 FeadligNis s sereo aoa s d a he a o wd 8 27 Head restraints Active Head Restraint 1 6 Heated seats 2 02 0008 2 39 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls to 4m amp a a ae me amp Seo 4 26 4 35 Heater operation 4 28 4 36 Hill descent control switch 2 41 Hill descent control system 5 44 Hill start assist system 5 45 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 56 Hood release 2 00 00 e 3 22 Hook Luggage hook 4 2 47 POM oo Seiad amp ob ee oe be ee 2 38 l Ignition switch a aoaaa we ee ek a 5 8 Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 10 Immobilizer system 2 31 3 4 5 9 5 13 Important vehicle information label 9 11 IN Cabin microfilter e s ss sa ood Ow a9 eo 8 18 Increasing fuel economy 25 5 35 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible FEMINGErS so a n kv Aa eka AR OR ew A 9 9 Inside automatic
386. omething that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanuSsa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition syste
387. on Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park LRS2131 Seat lifter driver s seat Push the switch up or down to achieve desired seat height Lumbar support driver s seat LRS2364 O
388. on Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal comput
389. on switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF position in the display position position We eee Spe Sang R uig The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF display and the inside warning chime n y position position sounds continuously When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle The No Key Detected warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF times and the inside warning chime sounds position position When closing the door after getting out of for approximately 3 seconds the vehicl iad The Shift to Park warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC position Move the shift lever to the P Park position display and the outside chime sounds and the shift lever is not in the P Park and place the ignition switch in the OFF continuously position position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately ERE Lach mineda TOCK O T T E aninloce The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelli gent Key to lock the door The outside chime sounds for approximately TAR The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you Replace the battery with a new one See The battery charge is
390. on the front grille the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate Do not put anything on the cameras When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cameras Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the cameras They are precision instruments Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock Available views Bird s Eye View The surrounding view of the vehicle from above Front Side View The view around and ahead of the front passenger s side wheel Front View The view to the front of the vehicle Rear View The view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 JO ON There are some areas where the system will not show objects When in the front or rearview display an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed 1 When in the bird s eye view a tall object near the seam of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the moni tor A CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera AVAILABLE VIEWS AWARNING The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a ref
391. onds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather 5 14 Starting and driving NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health STARTING THE ENGINE models with NISSAN Intelligent Key system 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Push the ignition switch to t
392. ong with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions in all rows They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra sions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 5
393. onoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 24 Eyeglass case ah ed Ak Bloke bo ow 2 44 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 FIATO e i a a a a a k a phe ee Be A 6 3 Floor mat positioning aid aaaea aaa 7 5 Fluid Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aaoo aa aaa 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid sj eo ea wk aw a 8 12 Engine Coolant sa s e xa Mow A a de 8 7 Engine oil s s s s sa qaaa a a a 8 9 Windshield washer fluid 8 12 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog ight SWIG o oh a ha ae eo Be 2 38 Forward Collision Warning system 5 29 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 48 Front Sedlee 64 ua ee ou wee ee Oe Hd 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants soaa aaa 9 2 Fuel economy aasan ee ee es 5 35 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 27 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 Fuel gauge aoaaa ee eae 2 5 Fuel octane rating aoao aaa 9 5 Fuel recommendation a saaa aaa aa 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning aa 2 28 3 27 USES 2445455 6445 Oe dee eae 8 21 Fusible links 2 0 0 00 02 eee 8 23 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver kee ee ee ee 2 56 Gas GAP lt lt das oo Ce ee a a 3 27 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge uaaa aoaaa ae 2 5 OGOiieler s srera sa Sa noun mos 2 4 Speedometer 00008 2 4 Tach
394. ook in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW system e The LDW system is only a warning de vice to help inform the driver of a poten tial unintended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times The camera unit may not function prop erly under the following conditions When towing a trailer When strong light enters the camera unit e g light directly shines on the rear of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When ambient brightness changes suddenly e g when the vehicle en ters or exits a tunnel or passes under a bridge If the camera lens is excessively dirty the automatic washer may not be able to completely clean the lens This could result in the camera not detecting ve hicles or lane markers e Excessive noise e g audio system vol ume open vehicle window will inter fere with the chime sound and it may not be heard LSD2053 BSW SYSTEM OPERATION The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH 82 km h When the camera unit detects vehicles in the detection zone the Blind spot indicator light lo cated inside the outside mirrors will illuminate If the turn signal is then activated the system chimes twice and the Blind spot indicator light
395. oor is unlocked From the Vehicle Settings menu select Auto Room Light Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF Light Sensitivity if so equipped The light sensitivity can be set to illuminate earlier based on the brightness outside the vehicle From the Vehicle Settings menu select Light Sensitivity Use the ENTER button to change the sensitivity Light Off Delay if so equipped The duration of the automatic headlights can be changed from O to 180 seconds From the Ve hicle Settings menu select Light Off Delay Use the ENTER button to change the duration 3 Flash Pass The 3 flash pass can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select 3 Flash Pass Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF I Key Door Lock When this ttem is turned on the request switch on the door is activated From the Vehicle Set tings menu select I Key Door Unlock Use the ENTER button to activate this function Selective Unlock When this item is turned on only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute When this item is turned to off all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation
396. or from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To extend the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward MIRRORS E LPD2120 VANITY MIRRORS CARD HOLDER driver s side only REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor To access the card holder pull the sun visor The night position reduces glare from the down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity down and slide card in the card holder Do not headlights of vehicles behind you at night mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the view information while operating the vehicle miser Gaver monet Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass
397. orrectly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors 2nd row bench outboard seating positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap Q over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed See Head restraint headrest adjustment in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation in formation CENTER SEATING POSITION Remove the head restraint headrest and po sition the top tether strap over the seat back or adjust the head restraint headrest to the lowest position and position the top tether strap over the head _ restraint headrest If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraint headrest in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment remo
398. osition is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Re verse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed with some delay When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark environment This is not a malfunction 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam era the RearView Monitor may not display object clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera
399. oss Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue king pin load use the following proce dure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual ve
400. oster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If
401. ound at the first indication of a flat tire and the warning light will illuminate continuously When the flat tire warning is acti vated have the system reset and the tire checked and replaced if necessary by your NISSAN dealer Even if the tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire pressure the warning light will con tinue to illuminate until the system Is reset by your NISSAN dealer If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates continuously and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information dis play Do not exceed 50 MPH 80 km h Increase your following distance to allow for increased stopping distances Avoid sudden maneuvers hard cornering and hard braking Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 AWARNING Although you can continue driving with a punctured run flat tire remember that vehicle handling stability is reduced which could lead to an accident and personal injury Also driving a long dis tance at high speeds may damage the tire Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH 80 km h and do not drive more than approximately 93 miles 150 km with a punctured run flat tire The actual dis tance the vehicle can be driven on a flat tire depends on outside temperature vehicle load read conditions and other factors Drive safely at reduced speeds Avoid hard cornering or braking which may cause you to lose control of the vehicle If you detect any unusua
402. ound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the ID button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Return to Factory Settings Clear Memory Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Touch this key to display software licensing information Traffic messages Touch this key to display traffic settings See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for more information Touch this key to start SiriusXM radio For SXM setup refer to Audio system in this section x1 BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 2 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE THE POWER BUTTON VOLUME CONTROL KNOB Press the POWER button to turn audio function on and off Turn the VOLUME control knob to adjust audio volume HOW TO USE THE CAMERA BUTTON For more information regarding the CAMERA button see REARVIEW MONITOR in this sec tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the v
403. ounterclock wise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to an oil leak and en gine damage The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole when filling the engine with oil CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean the parking brake engine oil 2 Turn the engine off 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing 8 12 M
404. outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 Source select and power on switch 2 Menu control switch ENTER button 3 5 Back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL POWER on switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio system on 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 SXM1 satellite radio if so equipped SXM2 satellite radio if so equip ped SXMsB satellite radio if so equipped CD USB iPod Bluetooth Audio Au dio App AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Vv vy Menu control switch ENTER button While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek
405. ow bench LATCH lower anchor locations The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Top tether anchor AWARNING e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged LRS0662 Child restraint anchorages are de LRS2405 LATCH rigid mounted attachment signed to withstand only those loads 2nd row bench seat When installing a child restraint carefully read imposed by correctly fitt
406. panel will go out 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Driving Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the LDW system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item Select Lane and press the ENTER but ton To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Warning LDW Starting and driving 5 25 The warning systems switch is used to temporar ily turn off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW systems that are activated using the settings menu in the vehicle information display See Warning systems switch in Instruments and controls AWARNING The camera unit may not be able to detect properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers or lane mark ers covered with water dirt snow etc On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves 5 26 Starting and driving On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shad ows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after
407. parking brake and place the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on EA sae o O CI A e A eo Py All Wheel Drive AWD AUTO indicator light Ft if so equipped AWI All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light LOCK if so equipped Supplemental air bag warning light Front fog light indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue Hill descent indicator light if so equipped The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS amp UW oF 1 OFF Malfunction Indicator Light MIL O D OFF f Slip indicator light SPORT Sport mode indicator light if so equipped a Dp Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly Overdrive off indicator light Security indicator light Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display in this section ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS
408. pending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 4 light illuminates to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light 4 light is OFF to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is op erational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag S
409. perate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory de vices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys tem Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner
410. played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed dq gt SEEK buttons Press the seek button 44 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the seek button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the seek button PP while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the seek button PPI several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MPS player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface mode
411. points will seriously deplete the storage capacity 4 Close lid securely as illustrated protect the casing Operate the buttons to check the operation 3 Replace the battery with a new one See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva replacement lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec NOTE tric terminals as doing so could cause a Changes or modifications not expressly ap malfunction proved by the party responsible for compli I ance could void the user s authority to op adie E DANE Dy e Eades molding f the battery across the contact points will erate the equipment seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with I
412. pped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the heater and air conditioner controls Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the POWER VOLUME button control knob to re start the USB memory uss XXXXXXXX J XXXXXXXX F XXXXXXXX X xXx Browse Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song da gt P Seeking buttons Press the M4 bu
413. procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 13 For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN 6 14 Incase of emergency All Wheel Drive AWD models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain AWARNING Never tow your vehicle with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear
414. pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for conc
415. r Press the CS wheel or button on the steering 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch the C6 To reject the incoming call either Press the wheel or icon on the screen button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your
416. r e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health AWARNING Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands I
417. r to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for o Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the 4 button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone com mands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected If
418. r a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to Starting and driving 5 3 ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off 5 4 Starting and driving The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illum
419. r after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park posi tion have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others 5 18 Starting and driving Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The F indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temp
420. r flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an add
421. r headrest if applicable Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position Adjustable head restraint headrest components 1 2 3 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Removable head restraint headrest Multiple notches Lock knob Stalks Non adjustable head restraint Remove headrest components Use the following procedure to remove the head 1 Removable head restraint headrest restraint headrest 2 Single Notch 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the 3 Lock knob highest position A Stalks 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest p
422. r light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Technical and consumer information 9 25 Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift lever to the P Park
423. r not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes sages from the vehicle This message can not be changed or customized MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system It is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands To activate manual control mode press the PHONE SEND 4 button on the steering wheel to access the phone menu and then press either up or down on the tuning switch Ce X 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To reactivate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END _ button At that time press ing the PHONE SEND f button will start the Hands Free Phone System BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equippe
424. r other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Blu
425. r s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System VDC 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 000 cece eee 7 2 Air fresheners son ecc beer de neater eeeeeritaerands 7 4 NV ASOING E E E E E 7 2 DA E E T E E T 7 4 e e E E E L EE 7 2 DCO Delis TEE TEETE ET 7 5 REMOVING SPOS ania E aai NTO E awnod eas 7 3 Cleaning the seat tracks 000 eeceeeeee 7 5 Underbody 66sec cece cence eee eee eee 7 3 Corrosion PFOTE
426. r will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section 2 40 Instruments and controls The all wheel drive AWD lock switch is located on the instrument panel The AWD LOCK indica tor light will illuminate when the switch is turned on Refer to Warning Indicator lights in this section for more information Each time you push the switch the AWD mode will switch AUTO LOCK AUTO Adjusts the engine and transmission points to enhance performance Press the SPORT button on the instrument panel to activate SPORT appears in the speedometer for 2 seconds NOTE In the SPORT mode fuel economy may be reduced HILL DESCENT SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully when using the hill descent control system and deceler ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if necessary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Fail ure to control vehicle speed may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to contr
427. re The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function You can individually set driver s and front passenger s side temperature using each temperature control dial When the DUAL button or passenger s side temperature dial is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger s side temperature control press the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Press the A C button The A C indicator will turn off Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly 1 Press the Ww Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging front defroster button on The indicator light on the button will come on Turn the temperature control dial to set the maximum temperature to aid in defrosting or defogging To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows use the
428. re near your vehicle and feel threatened keyfob to unlock the driver s door you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds 3 Press the UNLOCK M button again The panic alarm will stay on for a period of time within 5 seconds to unlock all doors 2 The hazard warning lights flash once The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or any button is pressed on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Using the interior light Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the keyfob When deactivated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and when the UNLOCK ff button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the keyfob the ve hicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information display screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode See Answer back horn in the Instruments and controls
429. re sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low Ifthe Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be i
430. recautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example d
431. recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive clean
432. red cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 2 48 Instruments and controls CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN To access the floor storage area pull up on the handle to lift the luggage board ROOF RACK if so equipped Genuine NISSAN accessory cross bars are avail able through your NISSAN dealer Contact an NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equipment information Always distribute the luggage evenly on the cross bars Do not load more than 150 Ib 68 kg on the cross bars Observe the maximum load limit shown on the cross bars or roof carriers when you attach them on the roof cross bars Contact an NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equip ment information Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails Cross bars must be installed before app
433. response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the i button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Giving voice commands 1 2 4 Press the f4 button The system announces Please say a cat egory like phone or a command like points of interest followed by a brand name A list of available commands is then spoken by the system After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed later in this section Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the button to return to the pre vious screen If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces provides a list of available selections If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the button The system will an nounce Cancelling voice recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the button to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you
434. ressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 FM AM _CD led SEEK TRACK Dp 17 e CS ee MEDIA DISP 15 a gt ENTER SETTING RDM i 13 12 CD eject button 7 bP TRACK button CD button 8 5 BACK button Display screen 9 APPS button CD insert slot 10 TUNE FOLDER knob ENTER SETTING 4 SEEK button button SCAN button 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 12 RDM button 13 RPT button 14 VOL volume knob button 15 DISP button 16 MEDIA button 17 FM AM button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust th
435. ring will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy If the steering wheel operation is still per formed the power steering may stop and the power steering warning light will illuminate In a safe location stop the engine and push the igni tion switch to the OFF position The temperature of the power steering system will go down after a period of time and the power assist level will return to normal after starting the engine The power steering warning light will go off Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to over heat You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when the steering wheel is operated This is a normal operational noise and is not a malfunction If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system chec
436. rious injury or death e During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion if so equipped when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being pro grammed to HomeLink for quicker pro gramming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand held transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in Programming
437. riving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the win dows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sen sors
438. rn signal switch 6 lt 5 6 2 40 8 40h ees 2 38 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 28 USB interface Audio file operation 4 65 4 67 V Vanity Mirror aooaa 3 31 Variable voltage control system 8 16 Vehicle dimensions and weights a a 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 40 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 39 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 000 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 14 Vehicle recovery a uaaa ee 6 16 Vehicle security system 2 30 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 31 3 4 5 9 5 13 Ventilators 0406 8 1 068 aw ed ws ek ee 4 25 VISOS seare 26 Ue bGtwe eae ee eee 3 30 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 82 4 93 Voice recognition system 4 98 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 56 2 13 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Battery charge warning light 2 10 Brake warning light 2 10 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 12 2 28 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Low windshield washer fluid warning NEN 2 68 4 oS ale ooh See ee eee 2 28 Passenger air bag and status light 1 50 Seat belt warning light aoaaa aaa 2 13 Vehicle security syste
439. rned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshiel
440. road repairs The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direc tion does not align with the lane marker When the road surface is very dark due to weak ambient light or im paired tail lamp When driving on a curved road warning will be late on the outside of the curve BSW LDW TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS Under the following condition the BSW and or LDW system is turned off temporarily the BSW light white and or LDW light orange will blink and either of the following message will appear in the vehicle information display Trunk is open Washer fluid is low When the above conditions are corrected the BSW and or LDW system will resume automati Cally BSW LDW AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATION When dirt rain or snow cannot be removed by the automatic washer and blower and accumu lates on the camera making it impossible to detect the vehicles or the lane markers the BSW and or LDW system will be turned off automati cally The BSW light white and or LDW light orange will blink and the Unavailable Clean rear camera will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the message appears park the vehicle in a safe place clean the camera unit with a soft cloth Then turn off and restart the engine BSW LDW MALFUNCTION When the BSW and or LDW system malfunc
441. roperly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint headrest is facing the correct di rection The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint neadrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Adjust For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest Is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do
442. rotect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster Low LO continuous low speed operation High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrat
443. rter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer retailer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer retailer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure traile
444. s 00 5 4 101 My Apps Voice Commands 05 4 101 Help voice commands 0ceee eee eaes 4 102 Troubleshooting guide 02 0e000 4 102 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock 1 MAP button 5 4 2 brightness control button 2 Display screen 6 BACK button 3 button 7 ENTER AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL knob 4 apps button 8 POWER button VOLUME control knob 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 CAMERA button 10 NAV button For information regarding the Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner
445. s temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals AUTO Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up 1 wy front defroster button 6 Temperature control dial passenger s 2 Temperature control dial driver s side side DUAL passenger s side tempera ON OFF button ture control button 3 MODE manual air flow control button f O rear window defroster button 4 Display screen 8 gt Fresh air intake button 5 A C air conditioner button 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperatu
446. s or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LIC2629 Cargo area luggage hooks SECURING THE LOAD There are luggage hooks located in the cargo area as shown The hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 6 5 Ibs 29 N to a single metal floor hook when securing cargo AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent
447. s Manual For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract yo
448. s involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light AW is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See Supplemental Air Bag Warning Light in this section for more details If the op eration of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the il
449. s may cause the 1 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the C Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 1 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage To remove the fuel filler cap i Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING 3 Press the next button A on the steer A WARNING ing wheel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tight Do not adjust the steering wheel while ening the fuel filler cap driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering Oper
450. s may not be l recognized by the in vehicle audio system BLUETOOTH is a t is necessary to set up the wireless con trademark owned by nection between a compatible Bluetooth amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth and licensed to module before using the Bluetooth audio Visteon Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 FM AM_ CD ktd SEEK TRACK D gt _ Leze m 17 r 7 MEDIA DISP 15 a gt ENTER SETTING RDM i 13 12 CD eject button 7 bP TRACK button CD button 8 5 BACK button Display screen 9 iPod MENU button CD insert slot 10 TUNE FOLDER knob ENTER SETTING Ma SEEK button button SCAN button 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 RDM button 13 RPT button 14 VOL volume knob button 15 DISP button 1
451. s of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors trunk lid or the hood when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent It nor can It prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 3 Close all doors hood and trunk liftgate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch if so equipped power door lock sw
452. s the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE FOLDER knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 iPod MENU button This button can only be used for iPod opera tions See iPod player operation without Navi gation System later in this section for details about the function of this button FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception TUNE FOLDER knob Tuning
453. s the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order FOLDER MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Specification chart Supported file systems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ
454. s when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Instruments and controls 2 27 Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system This indicator appears when the battery of the Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key system and the vehicle are not communicating normally If this appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal For more information see Intelligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section Key ID Incorrect This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent Key is not recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in Pre driving checks and adjustments for more information Release Parking Brake This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven 2 28 Instruments and controls Low Fuel This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches O Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 Empty Low Washer Fl
455. se failure or malfunction Starting and driving 5 33 BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged 5 34 Starting and driving FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 M
456. sere arena wen 4 85 MAKING Cdllactcteaneweenceneeereeetananeeaed 4 86 Recevng a Call cussusacuoeeoeweeeeeneaneedaes 4 87 D rng a Cdlliccuderesncuce sess seceseseeueaus 4 87 PACING a CallacesceeGocveusse ceeeseeyteseay eee 4 87 Text messaging scisco pehese acdhae ee si runtin 4 88 Bluetooth settings saaa aaua 4 89 Manual CON Obhs ssr enrera 4 90 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped 05 4 91 Regulatory Information 00 0 c eee eee 4 92 Voice COMMING Se rekina erenn i token ian 4 93 Connecting Procedure c cece cere eens 4 93 Vehicle phonebook i ccsie8 sews s ecw en te se ear 4 94 Making Callao a dats sees ep eee ae ea ed 4 94 Receiving a call nada tene ogee becedede ousted geen 4 94 DURING 2 Cdl coves ceteeneeseeut eases seeser cues 4 94 Ending So Calla cecneeottareceucesee sereeesees 4 94 Text messaging codon oss ccc tedastencw aces es 4 95 PHONG Soling Sessies rrr seventies ceed eeeencse ce 4 96 Bluetooth settings 2 accesersceicseeeeeneeca ts 4 97 NISSAN Voice Recognition System if so equipped etacn useasecetc eet oeanrenceeueee ae 4 98 USING the SYStOM s cactwrewtatceeceediwcee eens 4 98 System featureS cece ees 4 99 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System VOICE COMMANGS orse aene duos gdecekwecee te mace 4 100 Navigation System voice commands 4 101 Audio system voice commands 5 4 101 Information voice Command
457. shes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more information Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the
458. side view split screen The display automatically changes to the Around View Monitor displaying front view bird s eye view when The shift lever is in the D Drive position and the sonar detects the vehicle is approaching an object Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 The display will switch from the Around View Monitor screen when The shift lever is in the D Drive position and the vehicle speed increases above approxi mately 6 mph 10 km h The sonar no longer detects an object the screen will automatically switch back the previously displayed screen A different screen is selected HOW TO ADJUST THE CAMERA SETTINGS To adjust the Display ON OFF AUTO Bright ness Color and Contrast of the Around View Monitor press the aPPsGl button with the Around View Monitor on followed by the SET TINGS key on the touch screen Next touch the SYSTEM key and then the CAMERA DISPLAY SETTINGS key on the touch screen Do not adjust any of the CAMERA DISPLAY SETTINGS of the Around View Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied MOVING OBJECT DETECTION MOD if so equipped The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects behind the vehicle when backing out of garages maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display
459. sion control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty If a me
460. sition ob jects should not weigh more than 30 Ibs 14 kg There are multiple positions for the adjust able floor The upper position allows for additional storage below the adjustable floor Instruments and controls 2 49 eh To move the adjustable floor from the lower position to the upper position 1 Use the handle to lift the adjustable floor 2 Move the adjustable floor to the upper guide track and ensure it is secure in place 2 50 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled OO w p Window lock button Power door lock switch Driver side automatic switch Front passenger side switch Left rear passenger side switch Right rear passenger side switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side
461. ss the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING FOR ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE if so equipped Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes cal
462. ssed the key will not operate the window open or close function Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 SPA2726 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door is open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door is open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To de
463. t at this time See Changing engine oll filter in this section Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary 4 Remove pins from the right engine pro tector located inside right wheel well re move protector Remove oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it c
464. t hitch balls also Maximum Tongue Load 110 Ib 50 kg have the size printed on the top of the ball Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating 5 291 b Choose the proper class hitch ball based on 2 400 kg the trailer weight a ey Sack a aaa nadan The diameter of the threaded shank of the ji P Soe P ee g y hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount le i towi ity iA aaa a aA hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners 9 22 Technical and consumer information TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine
465. t it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child r
466. t message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of incoming calls Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 Missed Calls Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the missed call will be displayed Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of missed calls Outgoing Calls Speak this command to list the last five outgoing calls from the vehicle If the call was to an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the outgoing call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of outgoing calls Redial Speak this command to call the last number dialed Call Back Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Messaging Speak this command to access text messaging functions For more information on these com mands see Text messaging in this section Show Applications Speak this command to display list of smart phone apps available NOTE Compatible smartphone and re
467. t text Call me On my way Running late Okay To send one of the custom messages say Custom Message If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the i button 2 Say Messaging 3 Say Read Text The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch on the steering wheel to scroll through all text mes sages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the C6 button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Setting Bluetooth Bluetooth Add phone or Device Delete Phone or Device Replace phone
468. t view camera if so equipped P 4 15 Engine hood P 8 6 Windshield wiper and washer switch wiper blades P 2 32 8 18 Windshield washer fluid P 8 18 Windshield P 8 18 Power windows P 2 50 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped NISSAN Jackknife key if so equipped keys P 3 5 3 3 3 2 3 2 Mirrors P 3 31 Side view camera if so equipped P 4 15 Tire pressure monitoring system P 8 32 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 8 40 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 38 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 35 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Rear window wiper and washer switch P 2 33 Antenna P 4 77 Child safety rear door lock P 3 7 Fuel filler door P 3 27 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 27 P 9 4 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Rearview camera if so equipped P 4 15 Liftgate release power P 3 23 manual P 3 23 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Glove box P 2 46 Map lights P 2 55 Console box P 2 44 Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 52 Luggage hooks P 2 48 Seats P 1 2 Cup holders P 2 45 8 Sun visors P 3 30 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details
469. thanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing
470. the bolt 4 Remove the tool kit 8 5 Remove the jack 9 10 Remove the spare tire Once the flat tire is exchanged with the spare tire store the flat tire where the spare tire was located Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten Changing the spare tire with BOSE sub woofer If so equipped 1 To loosen the bolt turn counterclockwise 2 Once loosened remove the bolt Place the sub woofer in the upper right cor ner of the trunk leaning against the 2nd row passenger side seat 4 Remove the spare tire 5 Once the flat tire is exchanged with the spare tire store the flat tire where the spare was located Place the sub woofer inside the flat tire Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten In case of emergency 6 7 Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It ma
471. the following positions only 2nd row bench seat outboard seating positions LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the 2nd row center position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor ages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision WRS0700 LATCH lower anchor location LRS2091 LATCH label locations 2nd r
472. the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the keyfob near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Remove the ignition key 2 Close all the doors 3 Push the LOCK fob All the doors will lock button on the key The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn beeps once NOTE An auto relock function will operate after a full or partial unlock when no further user action occurs The relock will operate ap proximately 1 minute after full or partial unlock The auto relock function is can celled when any door is opened or the key is inserted into the ignition Unlocking doors Using the panic alarm 1 Press the UNLOCK a button on the If you a
473. the phone currently connected to the system This option allows the user to keep any voicetags that were recorded using the previ ous phone if vehicle is equipped with voice recognition The connecting procedure varies according to each phone See the phone s Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connecting recommended cellular phones 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Press the fi button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu The available options are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Messaging if available Show Applications if available Select Phone or Device Call For more information on the Call command see Making a call in this section Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook a name Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for that phonebook entry The system will say the name it interpreted based on the voice command provided If the name is incorrect say Correction to hear another name Once the correct phonebook entry is identi fied say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Record Name to record a name for the phon
474. the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it A CAUTION Do not place objects such as newspa pers handkerchiefs etc on the sun shade inlet port Doing so may entangle these objects in the sunshade when it is extending or retracting causing im proper operation or damage to the sunshade Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands etc as this may deform it Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result Do not put any object into the sunshade inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade Instruments and controls Do not forcefully pull the sunshade Do ing so may elongate the sunshade Im proper operation or damage to the sun shade may result If the moonroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof INTERIOR LIGHT When the ON switch is pressed the footwell lights if so equipped step lights if so equipped map lights and rear personal lights will automatically turn on and stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the Intelligent Key a key or the request switch if so equipped while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position When individually pushed When the OFF switch is pushed the interior lights do not illuminate even when pushed
475. the rear window defroster NOTE The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 5002 G ZD an LIC2634 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting AM When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on iy J amp FiA Wi OU LIC2635 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 35 Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you place the ignition switch in the OFF position and all doors are closed 2 36 Instruments and controls NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted See Vehicle information display in this section To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignitio
476. tion firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 iPod E XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX I XXXXXXXX OXXX Audio main operation AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod m
477. tion in dicates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service 2 32 Instruments and controls WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the window with the de froster before you wash the window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may perma nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir Do not use the window washer reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to p
478. tion is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the ft and indicator lights come on in the instru ment panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off 5 40 Starting and driving When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ft indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not a
479. tion using IRC SCAU DGS csocsi wuued ooureny adie cmt ct Forward facing child restraint installation USING LATCH siento ene dun reene ceadsa fee s kas Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat DENS os2 lt sb cucrnsweecihnda deaweesc Installing top tether strap 2nd row bench Seat lt 6 ce wiecskcidaccedurewade Booster S6dtS i bcc ccteescscnteet Geaddaoeedaanede Supplemental restraint system 00 c eee eee Precautions on supplemental restraint SYStEM sadee de ote tet buen et oddwee een Sous atten E Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could bec
480. tion will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the rear liftgate ar
481. to matically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance The recirculation mode cannot be activated in the Y position Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the 7 amp 2 button to change to fresh air intake mode The lt amp gt will turn off 2 Press the ied 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion air flow control button 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield Ps l 1 Press the air flow control button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The indicator light on the A C button will come on This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The 7 amp 7 indi cator automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPER
482. to adjust the seat A wet cleansing agent may be used if necessary CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom
483. to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage a Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the s
484. toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to 8 seconds correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section COMPASS DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass direction display on or off The display will indicate the direction that the vehicle is heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles wiriy un VAS LTT RN WAER Tanne aX s B 9 instruments and controls 2 7 Zone variation change procedure 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum The difference between magnetic north and geo speed of 5 MPH 8 km h graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens A CAUTION 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal
485. trol operationS 0 cece eee eee 5 28 Forward Collision Warning FCW system if so CQUIDDCO sc emcensccctne acnsw rians kietis 5 29 Approach warning s yecs cess eeeceanekacewse ye 5 30 Precautions on FOW system 2 5 31 FCW system operation 000ee eens 5 32 Sensor maintenance 00eeee eee eee eee 5 33 Break in schedule oi 00 cece wenniwece esd awweweews wane 5 34 Fuel efficient driving tipS 2s veewen Gceneneesen sede 5 34 Increasing fuel economy cusccseentieete vewerereuce 5 35 Parking parking on DilSrscd0 caneGuceeeee ed garawes os 5 36 Power steering ceucudests sn cccocads theceeueeeen 5 37 Brake SYSIOMN en cn scence Edeveuntes eget eeeenese ce 5 37 Brake precautions 0 0 cece eee eee ees 5 97 Anti lock Braking System ABS nnana annaa 5 38 Brake ASSISt lt ic saciecatder EAA NEEE ANER 5 39 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 39 Chassis Control ctccusxdhedentevdateos Ohe kere dees 5 41 Active trace control c2anseanGe deacshagesae ds 5 41 Active engine DIAKG lt lt 4 sender areecse wend ser ee ds 5 42 Active ride control tee sceeveene Sueeteeeee yes 5 43 Hill descent control system if so equipped 5 44 Hill start assist system 22ccendadivuvesteerenkyecrse 5 45 Cold weather driving essc sserees sesuci paeacesanes 5 46 Freeing a frozen door lock 22 5 5 46 ANU MOGZO unse irer idessu nata a KEA a EA 5 46 BAe ea
486. trument panel switch and the keyfob button 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments LIFTGATE RELEASE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual A CAUTION If the power liftgate does not stay open or if the liftgate unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds do not operate the lift gate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the liftgate gas stays Have the liftgate inspected by a NISSAN dealer Do not activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate gas stays are removed Damage to the liftgate or power liftgate mechanisms may occur Liftgate release manual and power The liftgate release mechanism allows the liftgate to be opened in the event of a discharged battery To release the liftgate from the inside of the vehicle perform the following operations 1 Fold the rear seats down See Folding 3rd row bench if so equipped in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 Insert a suitable tool in the access opening Move the release lever to the right The lift gate will be unlatched 3 Push the liftgate up to open NOTE
487. try if so equipped 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 3 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 4 DOOS ranei nni ee ee ee ee eee ee ee 3 5 LOCKING with key acencccceaudceehedehtahegeeanes 3 5 Opening and closing windows 00e00 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob 45 3 6 Locking with power door lock switch 3 6 Automatic door lockS sscccncsccxdvccetageadedess 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 0ccc een eens 3 7 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 7 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 8 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 11 Operating TANGe cc cx cowncxndtuns aoewee ste deue 3 12 Door locks unlocks precaution 3 13 NISSAN Intelligent Key Operation 3 14 How to use the remote keyless entry IVNCUGH cictendamacece antes EET E awed s 3 17 Warning SIQNalScevcusstaecescesed seeaug paces ae 3 20 Troubleshooting GQUIdE 6 2casentwegebeeyetacewax 3 20 PIOOG cain caw tke nea eee eae E E eet 3 22 PING AIG E A E T sues se tuce ser aseeeacs 3 23 Operating the manual liftgate if so 6QUID PER oct lt uicetosecewec iy ectuedemes 3 23 Operating the power liftgate if so equipped 3 23 Power liftgate main switch 00 0000 3 26 Liftgate release cee seveeus ter edetereeviGanrdys 3 26 Liftgate position setting lt 2 2isvexteahernuwaened lt 3 27 Fuel fi
488. tside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Replacing the LED headlight bulb if so equipped If LED headlight bulb replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly High Low Park Turn Sidemarker Front fog lights if so equipped Daytime running lights Canada only Map light Footwell light Personal lights Glove box light Step light Courtesy light Vanity mirror light Cargo light High mounted stop light Rear combination light Tail Stop Turn Rear sidemarker Backup reversing License plate light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8
489. tton while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 button sev eral times to skip backward several tracks Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 Press the PPI button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the PP button several times to skip for ward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the Random mode is active the icon will illuminate By touch ing the Random key again the Random Folder key appears By touching the Random key once more the Random All key appears To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icons are illuminated Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the Repeat mode is active the icon will illuminate By touch ing the Repeat key again the Repeat Track key appears By touching the Repeat key once more the Repeat Folder key appears To can cel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no icons are illuminated iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WI
490. ture reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing December 2013 02 Publication No OM14E OT32U1 Printed in U S A TOOUM JMO3D
491. u If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 X SETTINGS D Audio System oe Traffic A Navigation ae Messages Phone amp g Bluetooth gi SXM LHA2873 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key 1 on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the previous screen Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters Changes the available character set to numbers a Deletes the last E character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters OK Completes the character input 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a Qars INFORMATION 3 00 E SETTINGS small amount of neutral detergent with a soft 22 r ae beaa iergent Dampen the dlon tan then w
492. uel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system ore Overdrive OFF indicator light The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this
493. ugh the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the seek buttons M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode buttons M4 or PP press the seek to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stat
494. uid This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Door Open This warning illuminates when a door has been opened when the engine is running Intelligent Key error After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off The I Key System Error message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible Loose Fuel Cap This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of all 4 tires to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light ear lier in this section and Tire Pressure Mo
495. ushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 36 Starting and driving Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the stee
496. utboard seats 2ND ROW BENCH SEAT The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Move the switch ADJUSTMENT forward or backward to adjust the seatback lum Forward and backward bar area Pull the center of the bar Q up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull up on the lever and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park AWARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle
497. utlet gt Air flows mainly from center and side vents ap Air flows mainly from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets and partly from defroster 3 Air flows mainly from defroster and foot outlets To turn system off Press the OFF button Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally Keep the moonroof closed while the air con ditioner is in operation f you feel that the air flow mode you have selected and the outlets the air is coming out do not match select the mode When you change the air flow mode you may feel air flow from the feet vents for just a moment This is not a malfunction The sunload sensor located on the top and cen ter of the instrument panel helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put any
498. uto controls the display automatically Scroll Direction Adjusts the direction of the menu scroll Choose to either move up or down Touch this key to adjust the time Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Date Format Select from five possible formats of displaying the day month and year Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Set Clock Manually Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must be set to manual for this option to be available Daylight Savings Time Adjusts the daylight savings time on or off Time Zone Language Camera Touch this key to change the camera settings 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Display Mode Touch this key to select the touch screen display mode day night or automatic Adjust touch screen brightness Adjust touch screen contrast Adjust touch screen color Temperature Unit Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Touchscreen click Toggles the touch screen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep s
499. val and installation information 2 Open the top tether anchor cover lo cated on the ceiling 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor 2 point on the ceiling behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Make sure the head restraint headrest does not contact the top tether strap A child restraint with a top tether strap should only be placed in the center position of the 2nd row if there are no 3rd row occupants Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 Rearward adjustment of the 2nd row bench seat will result in loosening of the top tether strap for the center position of the 2nd row Avoid moving the 2nd row bench seat or re tighten the top tether strap following rearward movement of the 2nd row bench seat If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position th
500. vehicle The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the amp button on the steering wheel 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes No Where are you When To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the 4 button on the steering wheel 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone Monitor climate audi
501. vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is located as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration The vehicle identification number VIN number is also available through the center display screen See your Navigation System Owner s Manual for further information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight
502. w a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct 9 28 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may h
503. want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice Command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display Press the ars m button Touch the Voice Commands key Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words a Call name Street Address addre Points of Interest na Navigation Information Play Song name My Apps Play Artist name Say Command Phonebook F Exit SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Navigation e Audio Information My Apps For additional information on the navigation sys tem see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refe
504. warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion BRAKE or O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems 2 10 Instruments and controls Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine Is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and brak
505. wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing with the rear wheels on the ground or on towing dollies place the ignition switch in the ON position and secure the steering wheel in the straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Front Wheel Drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving wheels front off the ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated In case of emergency 6 15 VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point 6 16 Incase of emergency If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow Strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacture
506. when locking or unlocking the objects that could be thrown about in glove box the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident A WARNING Do not use bottle holder for open liquid Keep glove box lid closed while driving to containers help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 46 Instruments and controls CONSOLE BOX Upper half Pull up on the driver s side latch to open the upper half of the console box The upper half of the console box may be used for storage of cellular phones An access hole is provided at the front of the upper half of the console box for a phone or iPod cord routing to the power outlet Lower half Pull up on the passenger s side latch to open the lower half of the console box A power outlet is located inside the console box and there is stor age for compact discs LUGGAGE HOOKS When securing items using luggage hooks lo cated on the back of the seat or side finisher do not apply a load over more than 6 5 Ibs 29 N to a single hook The luggage hooks that are located on the floor should have loads less than 110 Ibs 490 N toa single hook The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Instruments and controls 2 47 AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecu
507. with number one until the problem is resolved List Commands General Help Quit Exit The system responds Command Not 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu Recognized or the system fails to rec 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level ognize the command correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 lf optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0005 5 2 Three way catalyst scs cosssirusrrinicarsisorisis 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 6 Droad eC OVEN anearentanesageeewsn Geeta ess 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS 0 000 c cece ees 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Ignition switch if so equipped n nnan cee eee eee 5 8 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT
508. xle between the tires will also display the recom mended tire pressure Instruments and controls 2 21 When the Tire Pressure Low Add Air or Flat Tire Visit Dealer warning appears the display can be switched to the tire pressure mode by pushing the button The tire pressure unit can be changed in the TPMS setting under the Settings menu on the Vehicle Information Display See Vehicle Infor mation Display in Instruments and Controls for more information 9 Chassis control When the Active Trace Control Active Engine Brake or the Active Ride Control is operated it shows the operating condition It also shows operating condition of Hill Start Assist or the Hill Descent Control See Active Trace Control Ac tive Engine Brake Active Ride Control Hill Start Assist or the Hill Descent Control in Starting and Driving for more information Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings allows the customer to change settings for interior lights turn signals intelligent key settings unlock settings and other vehicle settings The vehicle settings can be changed using the Sl andthe ENTER buttons 2 22 Instruments and controls Welcome light if so equipped The welcome light can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Wel come Light Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF Auto Room Lamp The interior lights can be set to be ON or OFF if any d
509. y Voltage Low Charge Battery 20 Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse 21 Power will turn off to save the battery 22 Power turned off to save the battery 23 Reminder Turn OFF headlights 24 Timer Alert Time for a driver break 25 Low Outside Temperature 26 Chassis Control System Error See Owner s Manual 27 Cruise Control 28 Transmission Shift Position Indicator 29 CVT Error See Owner s Manual 30 Malfunction See Owner s Manual Engine start operation This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed You can start the engine in any posi tion of the ignition switch No Key Detected This warning appears when the Intelligent Key is left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position Make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Shift to Park This warning illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ACC if so equipped or OFF position and the shift lever is in any position other than P Park position Also a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the OFF position If this warning illuminates move the shift lever to the P Park position or start the engine For additional information about Intelligent Key see NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Key Battery Low This indicator illuminate
510. y cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack 6 8 In case of emergency Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground Tolift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire If so equipped The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself
511. y helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Ct o PF AP C o w lt LPD0461 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds un locks all doors OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released NOTE When the window lock button is pre
512. y retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint 1 20 Saf
513. your phone see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem without Navigation System Type B or Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section NOTE For vehicles with navigation Apple iP hones REQUIRE the phone to be plugged in via USB for NissanConnect Apps to func tion For vehicles without Navigation Apple iP hones must be paired via Bluetooth for NissanConnect Apps to function NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect App will search your phone to determine which compat ible applications are currently installed The user will then choose which apps they want to bring into their vehicle from the list of apps within the Manage My Apps section of the NissanCon nect App on their smartphone The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applications Once down loaded the user can access their selected smart phone applications through the vehicle touch screen For more information on application availability see www nissanusa com connect CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other
514. ystem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating i

Owner`s Manual - Nissan Rogue Forums

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents